diff options
| author | Frank Peters <fpe@openoffice.org> | 2004-08-18 09:59:46 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Frank Peters <fpe@openoffice.org> | 2004-08-18 09:59:46 +0000 |
| commit | 4f48bcc7937fbc586af7720d4225768ee6913e2a (patch) | |
| tree | 431c32101c9b8349fe8f420615df796296d69a90 /helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide | |
#i33146# Initial checkin
Diffstat (limited to 'helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide')
121 files changed, 14460 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..9f3aeb323d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideanchor_objectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Positioning Objects</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:47:01">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147828"><bookmark_value>anchors; anchoring objects</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>objects; anchoring</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>objects; positioning</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>anchoring; objects (guide)</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>frames;anchoring</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>graphics;anchoring</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147828" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="45"><variable id="anchor_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp" name="Positioning Objects">Positioning Objects</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147251" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3147268">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145599" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Anchoring</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145622" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Effect</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145650" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="49">As character</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151181" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151212" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">To character</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151235" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">Anchors the selected item to a character.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155071" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">To paragraph</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155094" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155122" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="55">To page</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155144" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">Anchors the selected item to the current page.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="57">To frame</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145697" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="58">Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145715" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="59">When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <emph>Anchor </emph>submenu.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69e732ccd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidearrange_chaptersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:53:40">FPE: Deleted screenshot. Cleaned</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149973"><bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Navigator;rearranging a document</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>promoting;heading levels</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels displayed in</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149973" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="58"><variable id="arrange_chapters"><link href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp" name="Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator">Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147795" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="59">You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145652" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="70">To move a heading up or down in the document:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151206" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="71">On the <emph>Function Bar</emph>, click the<emph> Navigator</emph> icon +<image id="img_id5211883" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_navigator.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id5211883" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151238" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="72">On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View </emph>icon +<image id="img_id3156338" src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3156338" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155089" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="74">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="63">Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155139" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="75">Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> +<image id="img_id4217546" src="sw/imglst/sc20174.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id4217546" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image> or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon +<image id="img_id6505788" src="sw/imglst/sc20171.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id6505788" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64">To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icons.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155402" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="76">To promote or demote the level of a heading:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155424" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="77">Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the <emph>Promote Level </emph> +<image id="img_id5564488" src="sw/imglst/sc20172.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id5564488" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image> or <emph>Demote Level </emph>icon +<image id="img_id3159363" src="sw/imglst/sc20173.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3159363" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155461" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="60">To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, hold down <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> and drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, hold down <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> and double-click a free area in the icon area.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155525" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="78">To change the number of heading levels that are displayed:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151352" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="79">Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown </emph>icon +<image id="img_id3151310" src="sw/imglst/sc20236.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>, and then select a number from the list.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d00b504e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideauto_numberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:37:46">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147407"><bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>bullets; automatic</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147407" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="26"><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp" name="Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155525" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154243" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="28">To enable automatic numbering and bulleting:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152830" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect/AutoFormat</emph>, click the <emph>Options</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Apply Numbering - Symbol</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152867" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Choose <emph>Format - AutoFormat</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152897" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="21">To create a numbered or bulleted list while you type:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147773" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147794" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147814" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Press Enter again to finish the list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3147287" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">You can start a numbered list with any number.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154083" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Format - Numbering/Bullets">Format - Numbering/Bullets</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2654abf64e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideauto_offxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-17T15:14:32">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154250"><bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>uppercase; changing to lowercase</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>capital letters; changing automatically</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>quotation marks; changing automatically</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>words; automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lines; changing automatically</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>underlining; changing automatically</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>borders; changing automatically</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>automatic changes;turning off</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>changes made automatically</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="1" localize="false"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147812" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="16"><variable id="auto_off"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp" name="Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect">Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147833" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. </paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1081B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10846" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To turn off most AutoFormat features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoFormat - While Typing</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147251" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">To remove a word from the AutoCorrect list:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147274" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>.<comment>name changed for SO8</comment></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145596" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145620" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145645" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145668" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">To stop replacing quotation marks:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151196" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151220" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click the <emph>Custom Quotes</emph> tab</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Clear the <emph>Replace</emph> check box(es).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155076" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To stop capitalizing the first letter of a sentence:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155099" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155123" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155148" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Clear the <emph>Capitalize first letter of every sentence</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155401" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="17">To stop drawing a line when you type three identical characters:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155415" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155439" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155463" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155488" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Clear the <emph>Apply border</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2546c765c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideauto_spellcheckxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Automatically Check Spelling</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T15:28:36">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154265"><bookmark_value>spellcheck; automatic</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>checking the spelling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>spellcheck; disabling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; without spellcheck</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>words; disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154265" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="31"><variable id="auto_spellcheck"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp" name="Automatically Check Spelling">Automatically Check Spelling</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154664" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154678" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="41">To check spelling automatically while you type:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155531" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Choose <emph>Tools - Spellcheck - AutoSpellcheck</emph>, or click the <emph>AutoSpellcheck On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Main Toolbar</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155569" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147759" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">If you choose a word from the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list for the current language. To view the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect/AutoFormat</emph>, and then click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147819" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147220" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="32">To exclude words from the spellcheck:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147263" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Select the words that you want to exclude.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147282" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Right-click and choose<emph> Character</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145602" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Click the <emph>Font</emph> tab, and then select <emph>[None]</emph> in the <emph>Language </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145648" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Creating a new dictionary.">Creating a new dictionary.</link></paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0202bbac4f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideautocorr_exceptxml" indexer="exclude" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-17T15:13:15">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152887"><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function (guide)</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152887" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="10"><variable id="autocorr_except"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp" name="Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154254" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3144875" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155554" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">To add an exception to the AutoCorrect exceptions list</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect/AutoFormat</emph>, and then click the <emph>Exceptions </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147762" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147786" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147812" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e2875c2ff0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideautotextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using AutoText</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T14:51:56">FPE: Deleted screenshot</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155521"><bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>networks; AutoText in</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155521" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="26"><variable id="autotext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp" name="Using AutoText">Using AutoText</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150534" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">$[officename] Writer allows you to store text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert them in a document later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155539" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="48">Creating an AutoText Entry</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155560" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155581" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="57">Choose<emph> Edit - AutoText</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147761" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="58">Select the category where you want to store the AutoText.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147779" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="59">Type a name that is a longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147807" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="60">Click <emph>AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147282" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="39">Inserting an AutoText Entry</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145597" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="61">Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145615" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="Edit - AutoText"><emph>Edit - AutoText</emph></link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145644" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click<emph> Insert</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145668" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or long-click the <emph>Edit AutoText </emph>icon on the <emph>Main Toolbar</emph>, and then choose an AutoText entry. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3155090" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">To quickly enter a math formula, type "FN", and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type "DT", and then press F3. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155115" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="45">Printing a List of AutoText Entries</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Macro</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155160" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">In the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, double-click "Gimmicks".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151277" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="63">Select "AutoText" and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151304" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151327" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="49">Using AutoText in Network Installations</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151355" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151370" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">For example, you can store "read-only" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151390" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">To view the paths for the current AutoText directories, choose <emph>Tools - Options - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, select <emph>AutoText</emph>, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154960" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154995" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="Edit - AutoText">Edit - AutoText</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155012" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp" name="Word Completion">Word Completion</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..c4be17d5bd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidecalculatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating in Text Documents</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149909"><bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; calculating directly in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula bar; examples in text</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149909" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="calculate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp" name="Calculating in Text Documents">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149949" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a table in a text document.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149972" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3">Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155547" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="10">Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, "=10000/12", and then press Enter.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="11" role="paragraph" id="par_id3155565" l10n="U">You can also click the <emph>Formula </emph>icon on the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>, and then choose a function for your formula.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..484ebcdbf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_clipboardxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147692"><bookmark_value>calculating; in text with formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3147692" role="heading" level="1" oldref="35" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="calculate_clipboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp" name=" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3156366" l10n="U" oldref="36">If your text already contains a formula, for example "12+24*2", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154250" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="37">Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers, operators, and currency symbols and cannot contain spaces.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="38" role="listitem" id="par_id3155496" l10n="U">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculation</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+Plus Sign (+).</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="40" role="listitem" id="par_id3150512" l10n="U">Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+V.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem class="listheader"> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155547" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="41">If the formula is selected, it is replaced by the result.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..879ef4d761 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Calculating Cell Totals in Tables</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:02:16">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147400"><bookmark_value>calculating; in text tables</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text tables; calculating</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables; calculating</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147400" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="calculate_intable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp" name="Calculating Cell Totals in Tables">Calculating Cell Totals in Tables</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154243" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154203" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154222" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <emph>Sum</emph> icon on the <emph>Table Object Bar</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146880" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">The<emph> Formula Bar</emph> appears, and $[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column. Individual cells are separated by a vertical slash |.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150507" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">If the formula is correct, press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150533" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">If you enter a different numbers anywhere in the column, the sum is automatically updated.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155533" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155547" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">To calculate the sum of a series of table cells:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155571" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click in a blank cell in the table.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155588" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">On the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Sum </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147775" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click in the first cell of the series, drag to the final cell, and then release.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147794" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..9bf34a8020 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T15:20:01">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147406"><bookmark_value>calculating;complex formulas in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147406" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="20"><variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp" name="Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145245" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152901" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156382" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Click the <emph>Formula </emph>icon, and choose "Mean" from the list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Type the first number, followed by a vertical slash (|), and repeat for the second and third numbers.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149823" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..a201649d8a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intext2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:44:43">UFI: fixed #i30737#
+dedr: reviewed</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153899"><bookmark_value>calculations in text tables</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; performing calculations in</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153899" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="49"><variable id="calculate_intext2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp" name="Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150508" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150528" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155532" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155551" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">In the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, "=SUM".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155577" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155598" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3147776" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="51">If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..fe27485825 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_multitablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating Across Tables</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154248"><bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references; calculating in text tables</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3154248" role="heading" level="1" oldref="11" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="calculate_multitable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp" name="Calculating Across Tables">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147773" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="12">You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147795" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="13">Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147815" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="14">Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147833" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="16">Press F2.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3147228" l10n="U" oldref="17">In the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, "=SUM".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147254" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="18">Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3147274" l10n="U" oldref="19">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c73eab7b76 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidecaptionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Captions</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-17T15:38:06">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147691"><bookmark_value>deleting; captions</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>captions; editing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>captions; deleting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>captions; defining</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>names; as captions</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>number ranges; defining</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>draw objects; labeling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>labeling drawing objects</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>automatic numbering ;of objects</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147691" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="21" localize="false"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150537" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="39"><variable id="captions"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp" name="Adding Captions">Adding Captions</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153156" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, and drawing objects.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153172" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">You can edit the text and the number ranges for different captions.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153186" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">When you insert a caption, the selected item and the caption text are placed in a frame. To move both the selected item and the caption, select the frame, and then drag. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155541" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="23">Defining Captions</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155567" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155586" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147765" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Select the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <emph>Category </emph>box, for example "Figure".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3147254" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can edit caption text directly in the document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147271" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption <emph>Category</emph>. For example, if you use insert a "Table" caption, the "Table" paragraph style is applied to the caption text.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145671" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>, and in the <emph>Caption</emph> area, select <emph>Automatic</emph>. Click the <emph>... </emph>button next to <emph>Object selection</emph>, select the items for which you want $[officename] to insert a caption, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Start the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F2 for example.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155952" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and close the dialog box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4395b0656c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidecaptions_numbersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T15:20:46">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147684"><bookmark_value>captions; numbering</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>objects; labeling automatically</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147684" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="14"><variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147395" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">You can include chapter numbers in captions.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147408" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154249" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150527" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Select a caption title from the <emph>Category </emph>box, and select a numbering style in the <emph>Numbering </emph>box. You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <emph>Caption </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153166" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>Options</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153190" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">In the <emph>Levels </emph>box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155553" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the<emph> Separator</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155586" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>, and in the <emph>Caption</emph> area, select <emph>Automatic</emph>. Click the <emph>... </emph>button next to <emph>Object selection</emph>, select the items for which you want $[officename] to insert a caption, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145567" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040801.xhp" name="Caption dialog">Caption dialog</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145574" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Chapter numbering">Chapter numbering</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..9e961643d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidechange_headerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:30:16">FPE: Screenshot deleted</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3146875"><bookmark_value>headers; changing from selection</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>footers; changing from selection</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>creating; page styles from selection</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146875" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="21"><variable id="change_header"><link href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp" name="Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153584" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154245" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Open a new text document, choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150532" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153153" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Type a name for the page in the <emph>Style name </emph>box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153184" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155541" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new <emph>Page Style</emph> from the list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155572" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155592" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147771" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">In the <emph>Type </emph>area, select <emph>Page break</emph> and then select 'Default' from the <emph>Style </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147810" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom <emph>Page Style</emph> with a different header.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24b83335f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidechapter_numberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Outline Numbering</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:53:23">FPE: Deleted a screenshot</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147682"><bookmark_value>outline; numbering</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>headings; numbering</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>headings; own Paragraph Styles</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147682" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="22"><variable id="chapter_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Outline Numbering">Outline Numbering</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155605" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the "Heading 1" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="35">To add automatic numbering to a heading style:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154255" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155891" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">In the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, select the heading style that you want to add a chapter number to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150513" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">In the<emph> Numbers</emph> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click<emph> OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3153142">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153169" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153175" src="picture/" width="138.38mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3153175" xml-lang="en-US">Outline Numbering</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155552" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="26">To use a custom paragraph style as a heading:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155571" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147758" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147782" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the<emph> Level</emph> list. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147808" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147831" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="40">To rearrange the headings in a text document:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147221" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">You can quickly rearrange the heading order, or change the heading hierarchy in a text document by using the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link>. You can choose to include or exclude the subordinate text of a heading when you reorder the hierarchy.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145620" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Open an existing text document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145636" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">On the <emph>Function Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145667" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151199" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">To change the order of a heading, drag the heading to a different location in the list.</paragraph><comment>The following icons are in
+sw/imglist/sc20171-4.png</comment>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151218" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">To move a heading down one level in the hierarchy, click the <emph>Demote Level </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151244" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">To move a heading up one level in the hierarchy, click the <emph>Promote Level </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155932" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">To move a heading to the beginning of the document, click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155957" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">To move a heading to the end of the document, click the <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155981" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">The numbering of affected headings is automatically updated.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#insert_tab_innumbering"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d54e293b52 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideconditional_textxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional Text</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:25:01">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155619"><bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155619" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="conditional_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp" name="Conditional Text">Conditional Text</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155879" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3150508">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150532" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3150543" src="res/helpimg/mahn1.png" width="138.38mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3150543" xml-lang="en-US">Fields / Variables</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153175" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="61">To define a conditional variable:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153185" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement. </paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155545" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Type "Reminder" in your document, and then add space.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155566" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Choose <emph>Insert -</emph>
+<emph>Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147759" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click "Set variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147784" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Type a name for the variable in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "Reminder".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147810" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="57">Click "Text" in the<emph> Format</emph> list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147290" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">To display integers, click the "-1234" format.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="6">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145614" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Enter "1" in the <emph>Value</emph> box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="63">To define a condition and the conditional text:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145659" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64">The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151193" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151212" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="65">Choose <emph>Insert -</emph>
+<emph>Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155936" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Type <emph>Reminder EQ "3"</emph> in the <emph>Condition </emph>box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155969" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">The quotation marks enclosing the number 3 indicates that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string. For a list of operators that you can use when defining your condition, see the Related Topics section of this page.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3155987">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156012" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3156019" src="res/helpimg/mahn2.png" width="138.38mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3156019" xml-lang="en-US">Fields / Functions</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="5">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150446" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. If you want, you can even copy and paste a paragraph into this box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150473" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155073" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="66">To display the conditional text:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155086" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="67">In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155110" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="68">Replace the number in the <emph>Value </emph>box with "3", and then click<emph> Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155168" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">If the field does not automatically update, press F9.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145714" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of conditional operators">List of conditional operators</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e4ef411fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideconditional_text2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional Text for Page Counts</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:56:56">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153108"><bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153108" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="conditional_text2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp" name="Conditional Text for Page Counts">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156228" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">You can create a conditional text field that displays the word "pages" instead of "page" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156257" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150513" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>, and then enter a space.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150537" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153166" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click "Conditional text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145256" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Type "Page > 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145280" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Type "Pages" in the <emph>Then</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145305" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Type "Page" in the <emph>Otherwise</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..17d3a9feb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidedelete_from_dictxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147688"><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3147688" role="heading" level="1" oldref="13" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="delete_from_dict"><link href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp" name="Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153417" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <emph>Tools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="16" role="listitem" id="par_id3151391" l10n="U">Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <emph>User-defined </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="17" role="listitem" id="par_id3154233" l10n="U">Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fe337cb3f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidedragdroptextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark id="bm_id3155919" branch="index" xml-lang="en-US"><bookmark_value>text sections; moving</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text sections; copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3155919" role="heading" level="1" oldref="10" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dragdroptext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp" name="Moving and Copying Text in Documents">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152994" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="11">Select the text that you want to move or copy.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155606" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="21">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154236" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="13">To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154257" l10n="U" oldref="14">To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <table id="tbl_id3155900"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147130" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="15">Mouse Pointer Shape</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150516" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="16">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph l10n="E" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153142" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><image src="res/helpimg/movedata.png" id="img_id3153148"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152837" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="17">Moving</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph l10n="E" role="paragraph" id="par_id3152862" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><image src="res/helpimg/copydata.png" id="img_id3152868"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152868">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145265" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="18">Copying</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/> + + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f922a44cc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideeven_odd_sdwxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:56:03">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153407"><bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formatting; page styles</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>first page;page styles</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>left page; page styles</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153407" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="even_odd_sdw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp" name="Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3152897">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154265" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3155876" src="res/sc05539.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3155876" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147126" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150526" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153153" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the list of page styles, right-click "Left Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153179" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145267" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Select "Right Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145299" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">In the list of page styles, right-click "Right Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155529" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Select "Left Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155561" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Go to the first page in your document, and double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles in the Stylist.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155588" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">To add a header to one of the page styles, choose<emph> Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147772" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose<emph> Insert - Footer</emph>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147254" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">If you want do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the "First Page" style to the title page.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145596" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..ce387b3dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidefield_convertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Converting a Field into Text</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154079"><bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3154079" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="field_convert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp" name="Converting a Field into Text">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149281" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155608" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154238" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="10" role="listitem" id="par_id3154262" l10n="U">Click "Unformatted text" in the<emph> Selection</emph> list, and then click<emph> OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3157551" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="11"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp" name="Paste Special">Paste Special</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..984a7e175d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidefieldsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">About Fields</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"><bookmark_value>fields; using</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1" oldref="3" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="About Fields">About Fields</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154246" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="4">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154262" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5">Viewing Fields</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3150509" l10n="U" oldref="6">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp" name="View - Fields"><emph>View - Fields</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="195" l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph>Tools - Options - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="7" l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3152885">To change the color of field shadings, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="Tools - Options - $[officename] - Appearance"><emph>Tools - Options - $[officename] - Appearance</emph></link>, locate the <emph>Field shadings</emph> option, and then select a different color in the <emph>Color setting </emph>box.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153166" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="8">Field Properties</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153180" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="181">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155533" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="182">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3155548"> + + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155582" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="183">Field Type</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147760" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="184">Property</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147789" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="185">Placeholder</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147812" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="186">Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147216" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="187">Insert Reference</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147239" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="188">Moves the mouse pointer to the reference.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147267" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="189">Run macro</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147290" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="190">Runs a macro.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145614" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="191">Input Field</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145637" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="192">Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="10" role="note" id="par_id3151244" l10n="U">Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the <emph>Extended Tips </emph>option is selected in the <emph>Help</emph> menu.</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155937"><bookmark_value>fields;updating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155937" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="11">Updating Fields</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3155963" l10n="U" oldref="12">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155984" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="13">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..0aab8a9d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidefields_datexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <paragraph id="hd_id3155165" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_date"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp" name="Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154491" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3" role="listitem" id="par_id3147679" l10n="U">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153415" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click 'Date' in the <emph>Type </emph>list and do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155602" l10n="U" oldref="6">To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click 'Date' in the <emph>Select </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154241" l10n="U" oldref="4">To insert the date as a field that does not update, click 'Date (fixed)' in the <emph>Select </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e3ba20282 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidefields_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Input Fields</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:11:15">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155916"><bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="fields_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp" name="Adding Input Fields">Adding Input Fields</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153409" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145776" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other </emph>and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155620" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click <emph>Input field </emph>in the <emph>Type</emph> list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154257" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click <emph>Insert </emph>and type the text for the variable.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155888" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3150708" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..302bd45d6e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidefields_userdataxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153398"><bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user data; fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding; with conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; hiding with conditions</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3153398" role="heading" level="1" oldref="59" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_userdata"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp" name="Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154239" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="60">You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3154255"> + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155889" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="94">Operator</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147110" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="95">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150508" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="96">== or EQ</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150531" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="97">equals</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150725" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="98">!= or NEQ</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150748" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="99">is not equal to</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153167" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="101">If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153190" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="102">Select the text in the document that you want to hide.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145273" l10n="U" oldref="103">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="104" role="listitem" id="par_id3145297" l10n="U">In the <emph>Hide </emph>area, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="105" role="listitem" id="par_id3155533">In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from.<emph> </emph></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155573" l10n="U" oldref="107">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3147760" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="108">The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147777" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="61">The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3147793"> + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147819" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="62">User variables</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147218" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="63">Meaning</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147245" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="64">user_firstname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147268" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="65">First name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145592" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="66">user_lastname</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145615" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="67">Last name</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145642" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="68">user_initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145666" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="69">Initials</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151200" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="70">user_company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151223" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="71">Company</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151250" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="72">user_street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152912" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="73">Street</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152940" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="74">user_country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152963" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="75">Country</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152990" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="76">user_zipcode</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145679" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="77">Zip Code</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145706" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="78">user_city</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145729" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="79">City</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145756" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="80">user_title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145779" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="81">Title</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156284" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="82">user_position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156307" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="83">Position</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156334" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="84">user_tel_work</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156357" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="85">Business telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156384" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="86">user_tel_home</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149728" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="87">Home telephone number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149756" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="88">user_fax</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149778" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="89">Fax number</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149806" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="90">user_email</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147294" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="91">E-mail address</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147321" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="92">user_state</paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147344" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="93">State</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/> + <paragraph l10n="C" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147392" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of operators">List of operators</link></paragraph> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..067a2f0f39 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidefooter_nextpagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T15:37:03">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"><bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>next page; page numbers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145819" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="footer_nextpage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154242" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154256" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">The page number is only displayed if the following page exists.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155886" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147109" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147134" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150955" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150517" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click a numbering style in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150537" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph>, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150727" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2527f0ce26 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidefooter_pagenumberxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:49:31">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155624"><bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155624" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers in Footers">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150508" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150534" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153155" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">If you want, you can align the Page Number field as you would text.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153169" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12":</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155532" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click in front of the Page Number field and type "Page ", click after the field, enter a space and then type "of ".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155554" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Count</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f242c0850f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidefootnote_usagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:48:36">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"><bookmark_value>endnotes;editing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>inserting;endnotes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>removing;footnotes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>editing;footnotes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>navigation;footnotes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>organizing footnotes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145819" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="16"><variable id="footnote_usage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp" name="Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154258" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes that you insert in your document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155881" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="24">To insert a footnote or endnote:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147120" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert - Footnote"><emph>Insert - Footnote</emph></link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150937" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">In the <emph>Numbering </emph>area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <emph>Character</emph>, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150508" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the <emph>Type </emph>area, select <emph>Footnote </emph>or <emph>Endnote</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150704" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150729" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">Type the note.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3150745">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148843" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3148857" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_insertfootnote.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3148857" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153176" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can also insert footnotes or endnotes by long-clicking the <emph>Insert </emph>icon on the <emph>Main Toolbar</emph> and clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145319" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">On pages that use a multiple column layout, the footnote is at the base of the column that contains the footnote anchor.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155543" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="28">Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155563" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3155582">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150119" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3150126" src="res/helpimg/refhand.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3150126" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse hand cursor</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150167" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145029" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press F11 to open the Stylist, right-click "Footnote" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145062" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PgUp.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145081" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Edit - Footnote"><emph>Edit - Footnote</emph></link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147776"><bookmark_value>footnotes; general settings</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147776" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Tools - Footnotes"><emph>Tools - Footnotes</emph></link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147813" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp" name="Footnote"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147232" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..55cf4273f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidefootnote_with_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Spacing Between Footnotes</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147683"><bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3147683" role="heading" level="1" oldref="40" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="footnote_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp" name="Spacing Between Footnotes">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145808" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="39">If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155603" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="41">Click in a footnote or endnote.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155620" l10n="U" oldref="42">Choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154251" l10n="U" oldref="43">Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, "Footnote", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155884" l10n="U" oldref="45">Click the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Borders"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="51" role="listitem" id="par_id3147110" l10n="U">In the <emph>Default </emph>area, click the <emph>Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</emph> icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="52" role="listitem" id="par_id3150931" l10n="U">In the <emph>Line</emph> area, click a line in the <emph>Style </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150961" l10n="U" oldref="53">Select "White" in the <emph>Color </emph>box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="50" role="listitem" id="par_id3150519" l10n="U">In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="47" role="listitem" id="par_id3150709" l10n="U">Enter a value in the <emph>Top </emph>and <emph>Bottom </emph>boxes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150740" l10n="U" oldref="48">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3148846" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="49"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph - Borders">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2161c69229 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideform_letters_mainxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Form Letter</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:21:29">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159257"><bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159257" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="29"><variable id="form_letters"><variable id="form_letters_main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="Creating a Form Letter">Creating a Form Letter</link> +</variable> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150502" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">To create a form letter, you require a template document that contains one or more placeholders, and access to a data source. Creating a form letter is a three-step process:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150525" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Creating a template document</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150543" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Specifying a data source and inserting placeholders</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146872" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Printing or saving the output of a form letter</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146889" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="5">Creating a Template Document</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">The template document for the form letter contains the text content of the letter and placeholders for data, such as the name of a recipient and addresses.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150718" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="30">To create a template for a form letter:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150741" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153149" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates and Documents </emph>and choose a <link href="text/shared/01/01010100.xhp" name="template">template</link>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153177" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Choose <emph>File - New - Text document</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147054" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the text document that you want to use as form letter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147080" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Add or edit the letter content, and adjust the layout of the letter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147099" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>, but do not close the document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145274" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">Specifying a Data Source And Inserting Placeholders</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145288" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">The placeholder <link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> that you insert into your form letter are replaced with text from the data source when you print the letter.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145310" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">The first time you access one of the supplied form letter templates, you will automatically see the Address Data Source Wizard. After a few clicks, your preferred address book is registered with $[officename]. To manually register an address book, choose <emph>File - Wizard - </emph><link href="text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp" name="Address Data Source"><emph>Address Data Source</emph></link> and follow the instructions. You only need to register an address book once.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155553" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="34">To insert placeholders from a data source into a form letter:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Choose <emph>View - Data Sources</emph> or press F4. The <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source browser">Data Source browser</link> opens at the top of the document window.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">In the left pane of the Data Source browser, double-click the data source that you want to use for your form letter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150132" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Double-click <emph>Tables</emph> to expand the list of tables for the data source.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150154" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">You can also use a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="query">query</link> as a data source.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147755" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Select the table name that contains the data that you want to use in your form letter. A list of the fields contained in the table appears in the right pane of the data source browser.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147775" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Drag a <emph>column header</emph> for the field that you want to use as a placeholder to where you want it to appear in your form letter and release. Repeat this step for every field you want to add.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147799" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">You can also add placeholders from the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Database tab"><emph>Database</emph> tab</link> in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155075" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>, but do not close the document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="21">Printing or Saving the Output of a Form Letter</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155111" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">The final steps in creating a form letter are to merge the template document with the data from the database, and output the letter.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155127" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="35">To specify the data to include in a form letter output:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155150" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge </emph>to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp" name="Mail Merge"><emph>Mail Merge</emph></link> dialog.<comment>changes galore...!!!</comment></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147261" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">In the <emph>Records</emph> area, select the data range you want to include in the form letter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147286" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">To only include a subset of the data in your form letter, ctrl-click the corresponding row headers. If you want, you can also <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp" name="filter the data">filter the data</link> that you use in the form letter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="36">To print the output of a form letter:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145632" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Select <emph>Printer </emph>in the <emph>Output</emph> area, and then click<emph> OK. </emph>The form letters are sent to the printer as one print job. If you want to send each form letter to the printer as a separate print job, select <emph>Single print jobs</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151185" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="37">To save the output of a form letter:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151208" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Select <emph>File</emph> in the <emph>Output</emph> area.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151239" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Specify where you want to save the form letter files in the <emph>Path</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155926" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155940" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">Select a field to use for the file name in the <emph>Generate file name from</emph> box.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155961" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Enter a name in the <emph>Manual setting</emph> text box. $[officename] automatically generates a sequence number and adds the number to the end of the file name. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155988" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Click <emph>OK</emph>. A separate file is created for each form letter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/01/01010100.xhp#vor_und_dok"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83a84671f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideglobaldocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Master Documents and Subdocuments</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:29:34">UFI: fixed #i25344# - FPE: fixed #110245#</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145246"><bookmark_value>master documents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>documents; sub-documents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>documents; master documents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145246" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Using Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149806" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters, by acting as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments. You can also separate a large document that is b<emph>eing worked on by several people into subdocuments and then add the s</emph>ubdocuments to a master document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149490"><bookmark_value>references; master documents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>bookmarks; master documents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>master documents; bookmarks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Page, caption, footnote, endnote, and any other numbering that you have set in the subdocuments, is carried over into the master document. For example, if the last footnote in the first subdocument is footnote 6, then the first footnote in the next subdocument will be footnote 7.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155854" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document after you save the master document. When you modify the style in the master document, the style in the subdocument is unaffected.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3156108" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. When you modify or create a style, add it to the document template, and then reload the master document to apply to the subdocuments.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150096" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153400"><bookmark_value>master documents; indexes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153400" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="29">To create a master document: </paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149634" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149612" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="2">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149873" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <emph>Text </emph>entry (see illustration). Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that the styles that you define in the master document are valid in the subdocuments.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">In the <emph>Navigator</emph>, long-click the <emph>Insert </emph>icon, and do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145405" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3155321">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154400" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3154409" src="res/helpimg/naviglob.png" width="68mm" height="46.3mm"><alt id="alt_id3154409" xml-lang="en-US">Navigator for master documents</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="4">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153382" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154242" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="37">Working With Master Documents</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154255" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154845" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">You would like to know the link for a subdocument? Position the mouse pointer in the Navigator on the subdocument's name. The path information of the original document will appear in a small window. If the file is no longer found under the original path, the warning <emph>File not found</emph> is shown in red in addition to the path.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155879" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">To open a subdocument for editing, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148677" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155931" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">To delete a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The source file is not affected by this command.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149982" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <emph>Move down</emph> or <emph>Move up </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153022" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">To add an index, such as a table of contents, to a master document, right-click a subdocument in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>. The index is inserted before the selected subdocument in the master document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3154206">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148949" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3148959" src="sw/imglst/sc20246.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3148959" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153632" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153656" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="41">To start each subdocument on a new page:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153876" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">In the master document, choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153907" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">Right-click "Heading 1" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147124" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">Click the <emph>Text Flow </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149770" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">In the <emph>Breaks </emph>area, select <emph>Enable</emph>, and then select <emph>Page </emph>in the <emph>Type </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150224" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145205" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145228" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="48">To save a master document as a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> text document:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150315" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="49">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Export</item>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148580" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">In the <item type="unknown">File format</item> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154382" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator in master mode">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cefe6c9da6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideheader_footerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">About Headers and Footers</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:02:35">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155863"><bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="38"><variable id="header_footer"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp" name="About Headers and Footers">About Headers and Footers</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154255" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147119" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150511" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153726" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">You can also choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click the <emph>Header</emph> or <emph>Footer </emph>tab, and then select <emph>Header on </emph>or <emph>Footer on</emph>. Clear the <emph>Same content left/right</emph> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146876" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Page Styles">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150704" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="41">Headers and Footers in HTML Documents</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150717" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Online Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted. </paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153174" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Page Styles">Page Styles</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..61c8a176de --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideheader_pagestylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Defining Different Headers and Footers</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:59:25">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155920"><bookmark_value>headers; changing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>changing; headers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155920" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="25"><variable id="header_pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Defining Different Headers and Footers">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147105" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click the<emph> Page</emph> tab, and in the<emph> Layout settings</emph> area, choose<emph> Mirrored</emph> in the<emph> Page layout</emph> box.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150224" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150929" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Open a new text document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150946" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Stylist.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150510" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Right-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">In the <emph>Page Styles</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Header </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153750" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Select<emph> Header on</emph> and click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146865" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the <emph>Next Style </emph>box, select "Left Page".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146889" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150714" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">In the <emph>Stylist</emph>, right-click "Left Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">In the <emph>Page Styles</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Header </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153172" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Select<emph> Header on</emph> and click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147061" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <emph>Next Style </emph>box, select "Right Page".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147086" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145263" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145284" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..573cd68f18 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideheader_with_chapterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:00:28">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155919"><bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>chapters; names in headers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155919" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="header_with_chapter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp" name="Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154244" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="23">To create a paragraph style for chapter titles:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155874" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">In the <emph>Style </emph>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, "Heading 1".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147124" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <emph>Number </emph>box, for example, "1,2,3...".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150219" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Type "Chapter" followed by a space in the <emph>Before </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150245" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Enter a space in the <emph>After </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150949" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150505" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="30">To insert the chapter name and number in a header or a footer:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150527" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153729" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Insert - Header </emph>or <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153762" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in the header or footer.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146863" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the<emph> Document</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3146893">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150727" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3150734" src="res/helpimg/feldkap.png" width="138.38mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3150734" xml-lang="en-US">Fields / Document chapter</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="5">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153175" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Click "Chapter" in the <emph>Type </emph>list and "Chapter number and name" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147065" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147095" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156036" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">You can also insert other fields in your header or footer, such as <emph>Date, Time, Page Number, Page Count, Subject, Title</emph> and <emph>Author</emph>.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e62c28206e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideheader_with_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Formatting Headers or Footers</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154866"><bookmark_value>headers; inserting lines under</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; under headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3154866" role="heading" level="1" oldref="20" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="header_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp" name="Formatting Headers or Footers">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154243" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="21">You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="22" l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3155873">Choose <emph>Format - Page </emph>and select the <emph>Header </emph>or <emph>Footer </emph>tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147109" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="27">Set the spacing options that you want to use.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="23" role="listitem" id="par_id3147128" l10n="U">To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <emph>More</emph>. The <emph>Border/Background </emph>dialog opens.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <table id="tbl_id3150228"> + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph l10n="E" role="paragraph" id="par_id3150936" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><image src="res/helpimg/umrand.png" id="img_id3150942"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150942">Border / Background</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="24" role="listitem" id="par_id3150520" l10n="U">To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> window. Click a line style in the <emph>Line </emph>box and select a color for the line.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="25" role="listitem" id="par_id3153742" l10n="U">To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..751806b2b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidehidden_textxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Hiding Text</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:57:51">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>comparisons; hidden text fields</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>hidden text; text tutorial</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>hidden paragraphs; text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148856" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150103" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153409" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153131" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149970" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149620" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Type a name for the variable in the <emph>Name </emph>box, for example, "Hide".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149869" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Enter a value for the variable in the <emph>Value </emph>box, for example, "1".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145108" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149585" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156245" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="27">To hide text:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145391" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Click in the document where you want to add the text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145409" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155325" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154404" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Enter a statement in the <emph>Condition </emph>box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter "Hide==1".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153371" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154233" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154256" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="33">To hide a paragraph:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154853" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154872" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155902" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155947" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Enter a statement in the <emph>Condition </emph>box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter "Hide==1".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149991" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148675" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="38">To hide a section:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148697" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Select the text that you want to hide in your document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153019" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148950" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the<emph> Hide</emph> area, select<emph> Hide</emph>, and then enter an expression in the<emph> Condition</emph> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter "Hide==1".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153636" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153659" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="42">To display hidden text:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152754" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152777" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153902" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147132"><bookmark_value>hidden text; do not print</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; show only</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147132" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">To create non-printable text:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149789" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150224" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150242" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Choose <emph>Format - Frame</emph>, and then click the<emph> Options</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145227" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150320" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148603" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert - Fields - Other">Insert - Fields - Other</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147011" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section">Insert - Section</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147029" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..1f0ae1ba10 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidehyperlinksxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:12:13">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155845"><bookmark_value>hyperlinks; text documents, remarks</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155845" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="21"><variable id="hyperlinks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp" name="Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155858" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149833" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148846" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">On the <emph>Function Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon, or press F5.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156108" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Long-click <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon, and ensure that <emph>Insert as Hyperlink </emph>is selected.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153396" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153416" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153133" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149635" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..9410490142 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideindices_deletexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155186"><bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3155186" role="heading" level="1" oldref="11" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp" name="Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="12" role="paragraph" id="par_id3155855" l10n="U">Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <emph>View </emph>and ensure that <emph>Field Shadings </emph>is selected. </paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155507" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="13">Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155526" l10n="U" oldref="16">Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following: </paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154238" l10n="U" oldref="17">To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154263" l10n="U" oldref="18">To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3155893" l10n="U" oldref="15">To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link name="Edit Index Entry dialog" href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..dfb6f85749 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideindices_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark id="bm_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US" branch="index"><bookmark_value>indexes; deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; updating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; updating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" oldref="56" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp" name="Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155856" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="57">Place the cursor in the index or table of contents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="59" l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3155871">If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select<emph> Enable</emph> in the<emph> Cursor in protected areas</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="58">Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="60" l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3155872">You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..67938630b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideindices_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T15:47:19">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"><bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>entries; defining in tables of contents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149689" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="indices_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp" name="Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">Defining Index Entries</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156380" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147409" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154258" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155889" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147119" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">Defining Table of Contents Entries</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147132" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. You can also use custom paragraph styles, so long as you assign them one of the predefined outline levels.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150230" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="13">To use a custom paragraph style as a table of contents entry:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150933" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150964" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150523" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153730" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b2a2f5ef51 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideindices_formxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:25:17">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"><bookmark_value>indexes; editing index format</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>entries; formatting indexes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; as index entry</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="38"><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp" name="Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154259" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155888" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="44">To apply a different paragraph style to an index level:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147110" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147135" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150229" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150934" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150960" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">Click the assign button <emph><</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150516" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="49">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3150539">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153754" src="res/helpimg/stich.png" width="216.16mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3153754" xml-lang="en-US">Insert index/table</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146878" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="40">To assign hyperlinks to entries in a table of contents:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146890" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150712" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150738" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148399" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">Click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to in the <emph>Level </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148424" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153171" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147060" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="55">Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <emph>All levels</emph> button to apply the formatting to all levels.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..54439db7e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideindices_indexxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T13:50:41">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"><bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>indexes;concordance files</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155911" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="24"><variable id="indices_index"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp" name="Creating Alphabetical Indexes">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154233" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click in your document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154252" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155884" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select "Alphabetical Index" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">If you want to use a concordance file, select <emph>Concordance file</emph> in the <emph>Options </emph>area, click the <emph>File</emph>, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150223" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150946" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150502" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp" name="Creating a concordance file">Creating a concordance file</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4946d8c98 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideindices_literaturexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Bibliography</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T14:53:31">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"><bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="46"><variable id="indices_literature"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp" name="Creating a Bibliography">Creating a Bibliography</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155864" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="60">A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153402" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="61">Storing Bibliographic Information</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154244" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="63">To store information in the bibliography database:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155872" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp" name="Tools - Bibliography Database"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155900" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64">Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147123" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="65">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <emph>Short name </emph>box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150219" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="66">Close the<emph> Bibliography Database</emph> window. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150242" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="67">To store bibliographic information in an individual document:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150945" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="68">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150964" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150525" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="69">Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153738" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="70">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <emph>Short name </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153763" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="71">Select the publication source for the record in the <emph>Type </emph>box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146873" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="72">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146897" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="73">In the <emph>Insert Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog, click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#speicherhinweis"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150741" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="74">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148402" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="75">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148421" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3153155">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153176" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153191" src="res/helpimg/litein.png" width="112.71mm" height="75.14mm"><alt id="alt_id3153191" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Bibliography Entry</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="3">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153231" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147059" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <emph>Short name </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147085" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="76">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156060" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="77"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Bibliography Database">Bibliography Database</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..ccd89afe7a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideindices_multidocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Indexes Covering Several Documents</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153418"><bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3153418" role="heading" level="1" oldref="43" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_multidoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp" name="Indexes Covering Several Documents">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155872" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="44">There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155895" l10n="U" oldref="42">Create an <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index in each individual document">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="45" l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3147118">Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose<emph> Insert - Section</emph>, select<emph> Link, click the browse button (...</emph>), and then locate and insert a named index section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="46" role="listitem" id="par_id3150230" l10n="U">Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link>, add the files that you want to include in the index as subdocuments, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..aa62e58386 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideindices_tocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Table of Contents</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:32:07">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147104"><bookmark_value>creating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables of contents; updating all</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147104" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="16"><variable id="indices_toc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp" name="Creating a Table of Contents">Creating a Table of Contents</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<section id="tomanual">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150942" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150510" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150528" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp" name="Index/Table"><emph>Index/Table</emph></link> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153746" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">Select "Table of Contents" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146856" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Select any options that you want.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146872" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146896" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <emph>Additional Styles </emph>check box in the <emph>Create from</emph> area, and then click the (<emph>...</emph>) button next to the check box. In the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>or the <emph><< </emph>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.</paragraph>
+</section>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153148" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="21">Updating a Table of Contents</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153161" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153183" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147066" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81b19f39fd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideindices_userdefxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">User-Defined Indexes</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:39:35">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"><bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154896" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="30"><variable id="indices_userdef"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp" name="User-Defined Indexes">User-Defined Indexes</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155184" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="47">Creating a User-Defined Index</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155867" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="49">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">Click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> button next to the <emph>Index </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155886" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">Type a name for the index in the <emph>Name </emph>box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">Click<emph> Insert</emph> to add the selected word(s) to the new index. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147139" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">Click<emph> Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150231" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="54">Inserting a User-Defined Index</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150933" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Click in the document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150952" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150509" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="55">On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <emph>Type </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3150540">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153743" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153750" src="res/helpimg/einfgb.png" width="216.16mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3153750" xml-lang="en-US">Insert index/table</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="4">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146881" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">Select any options that you want.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146897" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150720" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <emph>Styles</emph>, and then click the (<emph>...</emph>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>or the <emph><< </emph>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..1c79cff44d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_beforetablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>tables;start of page</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; inserting before tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before tables</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149688" role="heading" level="1" oldref="54" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="insert_beforetable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp" name="Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" l10n="U" oldref="55">If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..6130d14927 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphicxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Graphics</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154922"><bookmark_value>text; inserting graphics in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illustrations; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; graphics</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphics; inserting</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3154922" role="heading" level="1" oldref="2" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="insert_graphic"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics">Inserting Graphics</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="1">There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..35208fb01f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_dialogxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Graphic From a File</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154896"><bookmark_value>graphics; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; graphics by dialog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphics; inserting as characters</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3154896" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="insert_graphic_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp" name="Inserting a Graphic From a File">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155914" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155864" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp" name="Insert - Graphics - From File"><emph>Insert - Graphics - From File</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3156021" l10n="U" oldref="4">Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153396" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5">By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de1452a2ff --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_fromchartxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2004-06-02T10:15:31">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152999"><bookmark_value>text; inserting charts in</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>charts; inserting in text</bookmark_value> +<bookmark_value>inserting; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> +</bookmark> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromchart"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp" name="Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link> +</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">Inserting a Copy of a Calc Chart in a Text Document</paragraph> +<list type="ordered"> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149054" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155854" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153396" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear.</paragraph> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document.</paragraph> +</listitem> +</list> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145102" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155890" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">The chart is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet containing the original chart.</paragraph> +<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> +<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> +<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> +</body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..74f3a98757 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_fromdrawxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155917"><bookmark_value>text; inserting graphics from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphics; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3155917" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromdraw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153414" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3">Open the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="4">Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145098" l10n="U" oldref="5">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline> <defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline> </switchinline> and click and hold the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156250" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="7">Drag to the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152755" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="9">If a hyperlink is attached to the object in the original document, the hyperlink is inserted instead of the object.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e565740b7a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_galleryxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145083"><bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphics; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3145083" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="insert_graphic_gallery"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155907" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="6">To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..228000bde7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_scanxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a Scanned Image</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:07:48">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156017"><bookmark_value>text; scanning graphics</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>graphics; scanning</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>scanning graphics</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156017" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_scan"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp" name="Inserting a Scanned Image">Inserting a Scanned Image</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. +</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">The Scanner must support the SANE standard. +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155864" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Graphics - Scan"><emph>Insert - Graphics - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153416" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Follow the scanning instructions.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96c4760a63 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting a Horizontal Line</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:59:54">UFI: changed line to ruler in command name, fix #i25122#</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151178"><bookmark_value>horizontal lines; inserting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lines; inserting horizontal lines</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>rulers;horizontal ruler <HR></bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>inserting; horizontal lines</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="76"><variable id="insert_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp" name="Inserting a Horizontal Line">Inserting a Horizontal Line</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="82">Click in the document where you want to insert the line.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="77">Choose <emph>Insert - Horizontal Ruler</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3153400">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154240" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3154247" src="res/helpimg/horlin.png" width="124.88mm" height="64.03mm"><alt id="alt_id3154247" xml-lang="en-US">Insert Horizontal Ruler</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="3">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155902" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="83">Click the line that you want to insert in the <emph>Selection </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147124" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="84">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150217" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="78">The inserted line is anchored to the current paragraph and centered between the page margins.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150231" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="79">You can also insert one of these lines by dragging it from the<emph> Rulers</emph> folder in the <emph>Gallery</emph> into the current document.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150944" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="80"><link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp" name="Gallery">Gallery</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..fcb9ce801d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_tab_innumberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145078"><bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; raising the level of</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3145078" role="heading" level="1" oldref="6" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="insert_tab_innumbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp" name="Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155909" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155859" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="7">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153403" l10n="U" oldref="8">To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..19a1bc2a4e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidejoin_numbered_listsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Combining Numbered Lists</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T13:16:45">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150495"><bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150495" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="32"><variable id="join_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp" name="Combining Numbered Lists">Combining Numbered Lists</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149452" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="34">To combine consecutive numbered lists:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154479" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Select all of the paragraphs in the lists.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155911" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">On the <emph>Object Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering on/off </emph>icon twice.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="37">To create a numbered list from non-consecutive paragraphs:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149644" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145102" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">On the <emph>Object Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering on/off </emph>icon twice.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5eb7a5c10f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidejump2statusbarxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Going to Specific Bookmark</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145778"><bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3145778" role="heading" level="1" oldref="30" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="jump2statusbar"><link href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp" name="Going to Specific Bookmark">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="31" l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3155178">To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline> <defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline> </switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153396" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="32"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Insert Bookmark">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..b2471f4428 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidekeyboardxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:13:01">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151169"><bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151169" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp" name="Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Use the keyboard accelerator Alt+<Letter> to access menu commands. For example, press Alt+I to open the <emph>Insert </emph>menu, and then T to insert a table.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="5">Inserting Frames and Sections</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph> Insert icon on the Main Toolbar</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153398" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Press the right arrow key to open the <emph>Insert </emph>floating toolbar.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149630" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Insert Frame Manually</emph> or <emph>Insert Section</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145100" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the frame or section that you want to insert.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156237" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Press Enter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156253" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Press Enter again to place the cursor inside the frame or section.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153367" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Inserting Text Tables</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153388" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph> Insert icon on the Main Toolbar</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Press the right arrow key to open the <emph>Insert </emph>floating toolbar.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154849" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Insert Table</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155872" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Press Enter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a235e4ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideload_stylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:21:04">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145086"><bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145086" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="10"><variable id="load_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp" name="Using Styles From Another Document or Template">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154491" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">You<comment>this is for embedding into manual</comment> can import styles from another document or template into the current document.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Choose <emph>Format - Styles - Load</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3155863">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149848" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3154077" src="res/helpimg/vorlad.png" width="171.19mm" height="65.09mm"><alt id="alt_id3154077" xml-lang="en-US">Load Styles</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="2">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149632" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click an entry in the <emph>Categories </emph>list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates </emph>list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153377" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp#para_style_quickuse"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d9e0e7403c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidemainxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T13:24:18">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155156" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp#textmode_change"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#text_nav_keyb"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp#insert_specialchar"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#word_completion"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp#space_hyphen"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp#text_color"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#text_capital"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#reset_format"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp#para_style_quickuse"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#jump2statusbar"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#paintbrush"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#registertrue"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153728" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Automatically Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150742" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp#undo_formatting"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/link_edit.xhp#link_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#page_break"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp#para_style_quickuse"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#field_convert"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="5">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#insert_beforetable"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_along_line.xhp#text_along_line"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#text_animation"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150427" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/import_bulletlist.xhp#import_bulletlist"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#insert_tab_innumbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="9">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/link_edit.xhp#link_edit"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154324" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="11">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#delete_from_dict"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Working with Documents</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156315" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="14">Miscellaneous</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp#fax"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp#pasting"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#resize_navigator"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp#select_language"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#words_count"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/makefile.mk b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/makefile.mk new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b32a2a0a6e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/makefile.mk @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +#************************************************************************* +#* +#* $Workfile:$ +#* +#* Creation date KR 28.06.99 +#* last change $Author: fpe $ $Date: 2004-08-18 10:59:34 $ +#* +#* $Revision: 1.1 $ +#* +#* $Logfile:$ +#* +#* Copyright 2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#* +#************************************************************************* + +# edit to match directory level +PRJ = ..$/..$/..$/.. +# same for all makefiles in "help2" +PRJNAME = help2 +# edit to match the current package +PACKAGE = text/swriter/guide +# uniqe name (module wide); +# using a modified forme of package should do here +TARGET = text_swriter_guide +# edit to match the current module +MODULE = swriter + +# --- Settings ----------------------------------------------------- + +.INCLUDE : $(PRJ)$/settings.pmk +.INCLUDE : settings.mk + +# this list matches the *.xml files to process +HZIPFILES = \ + anchor_object.hzip \ + arrange_chapters.hzip \ + auto_numbering.hzip \ + auto_off.hzip \ + auto_spellcheck.hzip \ + autocorr_except.hzip \ + autotext.hzip \ + calculate.hzip \ + calculate_clipboard.hzip \ + calculate_intable.hzip \ + calculate_intext.hzip \ + calculate_intext2.hzip \ + calculate_multitable.hzip \ + captions.hzip \ + captions_numbers.hzip \ + change_header.hzip \ + chapter_numbering.hzip \ + conditional_text.hzip \ + conditional_text2.hzip \ + delete_from_dict.hzip \ + dragdroptext.hzip \ + even_odd_sdw.hzip \ + field_convert.hzip \ + fields.hzip \ + fields_date.hzip \ + fields_enter.hzip \ + fields_userdata.hzip \ + fontwork.hzip \ + footer_nextpage.hzip \ + footer_pagenumber.hzip \ + footnote_usage.hzip \ + footnote_with_line.hzip \ + form_letters_main.hzip \ + globaldoc.hzip \ + header_footer.hzip \ + header_pagestyles.hzip \ + header_with_chapter.hzip \ + header_with_line.hzip \ + hidden_text.hzip \ + hyperlinks.hzip \ + import_bulletlist.hzip \ + indices_delete.hzip \ + indices_edit.hzip \ + indices_enter.hzip \ + indices_form.hzip \ + indices_index.hzip \ + indices_literature.hzip \ + indices_multidoc.hzip \ + indices_toc.hzip \ + indices_userdef.hzip \ + insert_beforetable.hzip \ + insert_graphic.hzip \ + insert_graphic_dialog.hzip \ + insert_graphic_fromchart.hzip \ + insert_graphic_fromdraw.hzip \ + insert_graphic_gallery.hzip \ + insert_graphic_scan.hzip \ + insert_line.hzip \ + insert_tab_innumbering.hzip \ + join_numbered_lists.hzip \ + jump2statusbar.hzip \ + keyboard.hzip \ + link_edit.hzip \ + load_styles.hzip \ + main.hzip \ + navigator.hzip \ + number_date_conv.hzip \ + number_sequence.hzip \ + numbering_lines.hzip \ + numbering_paras.hzip \ + page_break.hzip \ + pagebackground.hzip \ + pageorientation.hzip \ + pagestyles.hzip \ + para_style_quickuse.hzip \ + print_preview.hzip \ + print_small.hzip \ + printer_tray.hzip \ + printing_order.hzip \ + references.hzip \ + references_modify.hzip \ + registertrue.hzip \ + removing_line_breaks.hzip \ + reset_format.hzip \ + resize_navigator.hzip \ + search_regexp.hzip \ + section_edit.hzip \ + section_insert.hzip \ + sections.hzip \ + select_language.hzip \ + send2html.hzip \ + shortcut_writing.hzip \ + spellcheck_dialog.hzip \ + stylist_fillformat.hzip \ + stylist_fromselect.hzip \ + stylist_update.hzip \ + subscript.hzip \ + table_cells.hzip \ + table_delete.hzip \ + table_insert.hzip \ + table_repeat_multiple_headers.hzip \ + table_sizing.hzip \ + tablemode.hzip \ + template_create.hzip \ + template_default.hzip \ + templates_styles.hzip \ + text_along_line.hzip \ + text_animation.hzip \ + text_capital.hzip \ + text_centervert.hzip \ + text_direct_cursor.hzip \ + text_emphasize.hzip \ + text_frame.hzip \ + text_nav_keyb.hzip \ + text_rotate.hzip \ + textdoc_inframe.hzip \ + using_hyphen.hzip \ + using_numbered_lists.hzip \ + using_numbered_lists2.hzip \ + using_numbering.hzip \ + using_thesaurus.hzip \ + word_completion.hzip \ + words_count.hzip \ + wrap.hzip + +# --- Targets ------------------------------------------------------ + +.INCLUDE : target.mk +.INCLUDE : $(PRJ)$/makefile.pmk diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..adb5a26ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidenavigatorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Navigator for Text Documents</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154897"><bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3154897" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator for Text Documents">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153402" l10n="U" oldref="2">The <emph>Navigator </emph>displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154247" l10n="U" oldref="3">To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155878" l10n="U" oldref="5">To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147108" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="4"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..88ff831297 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidenumber_date_convxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-05-14T12:30:23">UFI: see sw.features "Number regognition in tables is off"
+YJ:checked</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156383"><bookmark_value>number recognition; in text tables</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables; number recognition tutorial</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156383" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"> +<variable id="number_date_conv"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp" name="Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149966" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155919" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Right-click in a table cell and choose <emph>Number recognition</emph>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <emph>Number recognition </emph>command.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155527" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and select or clear the <emph>Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables </emph>area.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153415" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Tools - Options - Text Document - Table">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74740a4d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidenumber_sequencexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Defining Number Ranges</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T13:18:42">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>number ranges; defining own ranges</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="36"><variable id="number_sequence"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp" name="Defining Number Ranges">Defining Number Ranges</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, "Quotation Number ".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155048" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3153403">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149631" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3149637" src="res/helpimg/nummkr.png" width="138.38mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US">Fields / Variables / Number range</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="3">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">Click "Number range" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="61">Type "Quotation" in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153387" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Type a number in the <emph>Value </emph>box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154851" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="58">Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="6">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155886" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5de8d642a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidenumbering_linesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Line Numbers</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:40:05">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150101"><bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lines; numbering</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150101" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="numbering_lines"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp" name="Adding Line Numbers">Adding Line Numbers</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149842" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">$[officename] can automatically count and add line numbers to the lines in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document, but not when you save the document as HTML. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">To add line numbers to an entire document:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149612" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145101" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156241" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">To add line numbers to specific paragraphs:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156264" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153385" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Press F11 to open the <emph>Stylist</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154853" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Right-click the "Default" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150222" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">All paragraph styles are based on the "Default" style.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="5">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150931" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150956" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">In the <emph>Line Numbering </emph>area, clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering </emph>check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150520" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151077" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151096" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153733" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153758" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146864" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146880" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="25">To specify the starting line number:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Click in a paragraph.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150721" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148389" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Select the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering </emph>check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Select <emph>Restart at the paragraph </emph>check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153779" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Enter a line number in the <emph>Start with </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153804" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153934" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5"><link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp" name="Tools - Line Numbering">Tools - Line Numbering</link></paragraph>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153960" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph - Numbering">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5a71ab9ffd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidenumbering_parasxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T13:25:32">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149637"><bookmark_value>numbering; removing numbers</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>numbering; interrupting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="numbering_paras"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp" name="Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145092" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145107" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To remove the number from a paragraph in a numbered list:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153366" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153390" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Object Bar</emph>. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154856" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="18">To change the number that a numbered list starts with:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155877" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click anywhere in the numbered list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Choose <emph>Format - Numbering/Bullets</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148691" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <emph>Start at</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147116" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..da92351ce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidepage_breakxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T08:53:43">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155183"><bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>pages; inserting page breaks</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formatting; page breaks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155183" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="page_break"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp" name="Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149833" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To insert a manual page break:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153402" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Click in your document where you want the new page to begin.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153119" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Press Ctrl+Enter.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153135" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">To delete a manual page break:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149641" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149608" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Press Backspace.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149624" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">To delete a manual page break that occurs before a table:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145111" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156254" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153380" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154249" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..0a86f4ccef --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidepagebackgroundxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing Page Backgrounds</title>
+<filename>text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2004-06-29T13:55:14">UFI: part of a series of files to fix #i29922#</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:59:54">dedr: reviewed</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8431653"><bookmark_value>page backgrounds</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>backgrounds on different pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>printing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107F4" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pagebackground"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Changing Page Background</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10812" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.</paragraph>
+<section id="define">
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Background</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10827" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1082F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10837" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1083F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1084B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To only apply the new page style to a single page, select "Default".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10859" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="6">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1085F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10867" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1086B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+</section>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1087A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1087E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10892" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1089A" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108A2" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108A5" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108A9" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108BD" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108C1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108C9" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108D1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Style </emph>box, select a page style that uses the page background.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108DB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to "Default".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108DF" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN108E2" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="5">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108E8" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..8118809753 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidepageorientationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)</title>
+<filename>text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2004-06-29T10:57:28">UFI: fixing #i29922#</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:09:20">dedr: reviewed</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9683828"><bookmark_value>page styles;orientation</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>printing;portrait page format</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>printing;landscape page format</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>orientation;page format</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page orientation;page format</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106FF" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pageorientation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp">Changing Page Orientation</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1071D" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page orientation of one or more pages in a document from portrait to landscape in a document, you need to create a page style that uses the landscape orientation, and then apply the page style to the pages.</paragraph>
+<section id="define">
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10720" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Orientation to Landscape or Portrait</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10727" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10741" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10749" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Right-click, and choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10751" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1075D" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10763" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To only apply the new page style to a single page, select "Default".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1076B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="6">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10775" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1077D" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Under <emph>Paper format</emph>, select <emph>Portrait</emph> or <emph>Landscape</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108AE" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+</section>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10788" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Orientation of All Pages in a Document to Landscape or Portrait</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10972" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses landscape page orientation. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#define">To Change the Page Orientation to Landscape or Portrait</link> for details.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1078F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108D0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1079B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Double-click the page style that uses the page orientation that you want to apply.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107A1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Use Landscape and Portrait Page Orientation in the Same Document</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN109B5" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses landscape page orientation. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#define">To Change the Page Orientation to Landscape or Portrait</link> for details.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107A8" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page orientation.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107AC" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107B4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107BC" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Style </emph>box, select a page style that uses the landscape or portrait page orientation.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1099A" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To change the orientation of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to "Default".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1099E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To change the orientation of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN109A1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you want to change the page orientation later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="5">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107C4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..ac6f0929c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidepagestylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating and Applying Page Styles</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-06-30T17:47:52">UFI: moved index entries to the new guides pageorientation and pagebackground
+dedr: reviewed</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and Applying Page Styles">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149846" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1071A" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">
+<embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/>
+</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10722" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">
+<embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/>
+</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156109" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="11">To define a new page style:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153411" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting.</emph>
+</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153133" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149641" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149614" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145110" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156252" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153376" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="6">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154252" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154851" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="21">To apply a page style:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154873" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155888" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="23">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the<emph> Page Style</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Double-click a name in the list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148701" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="18">To apply a page style to a new page:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147122" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Click in the document where you want a new page to start.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150210" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150235" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150939" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">In the <emph>Style </emph>box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150965" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5c916ca990 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidepara_style_quickusexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Quickly Applying Paragraph Styles</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155868"><bookmark_value>paragraph formats; applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; with adjacent paragraph format</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3155868" role="heading" level="1" oldref="47" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="para_style_quickuse"><link href="text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp" name="Quickly Applying Paragraph Styles">Quickly Applying Paragraph Styles</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155060" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="48">You can use the keyboard to quickly apply the same paragraph style to two consecutive paragraphs.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3156098" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="51">To apply the paragraph style of the first paragraph to the second paragraph:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149282" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="52">Click at the end of the first paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153399" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="49">Press Delete until the second paragraph is added to the end of the first paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153418" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="50">Press Enter.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153132" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="53">To apply the paragraph style of the second paragraph to the first paragraph:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="54">Click at the beginning of the second paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149606" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="55">Press Backspace until the second paragraph is added to the end of the first paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145090" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="56">Press Enter.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a3d155243 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideprint_previewxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Previewing a Page Before Printing</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:48:43">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155179"><bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>print layouts; checking</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page views</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="9"><variable id="print_preview"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp" name="Previewing a Page Before Printing">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149847" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Page Preview</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155055" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Object Bar</emph> to reduce or enlarge the view of the page.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3153404">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153132" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153139" src="res/helpimg/prinzoom.png" width="34.13mm" height="7.94mm"><alt id="alt_id3153139" xml-lang="en-US">Change zoom factor using icons in the object bar</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="3">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145093" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Object Bar</emph> to scroll through the document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3145117">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156263" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153367" src="res/helpimg/prinnavi.png" width="26.19mm" height="6.09mm"><alt id="alt_id3153367" xml-lang="en-US">Symbol bar Print Preview</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154265" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37"><link href="text/shared/01/01120000.xhp" name="File - Page Preview">File - Page Preview</link>.</paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c34b0cb4a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideprint_smallxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:54:22">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149694"><bookmark_value>multi-page view of document</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>page previews</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>overviews; printing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>drafts; printing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>printing; multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>reduced printing ; multiple pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>printing;drafts</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="17"><variable id="print_small"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp" name="Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">In Page Preview mode, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156098" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Choose <emph>File - Page Preview</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155055" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3153396">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153122" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153128" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_showtwopages.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3153128" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149603" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">To print two pages side by side on the same page, click the <emph>Page Preview: Two Pages</emph> icon on the <emph>Object Bar</emph>.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<table id="tbl_id3145098">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156242" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3156248" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_printpagepreview.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3156248" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153388" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">To print multiple pages on the same page, click the <emph>Print options page view</emph> icon on the <emph>Object Bar </emph>and set the options that you want.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="3">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154841" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click the <emph>Print page view</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3154864">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3155903" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_printersetup.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150004" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="File - Page Preview">File - Page Preview</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..184126ba5e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideprinter_trayxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Selecting printer paper trays</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <paragraph id="hd_id3155909" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="printer_tray"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp" name="Selecting printer paper trays">Selecting printer paper trays</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155858" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149841" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3156108" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click the <emph>Page Styles </emph>icon.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155066" l10n="U" oldref="9">Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153416" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>Paper tray </emph>box, select the paper tray that you want to use.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153140" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149649" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="12">Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149616" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5">Apply the page style to the pages that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153392" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="6">If content stretches across two pages that use different page styles, the printer trays specified in each page style are used.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154260" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="13"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and applying page styles">Creating and applying page styles</link></paragraph> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..1c16fd44bf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideprinting_orderxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing in Reverse Order</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149688" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="printing_order"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp" name="Printing in Reverse Order">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155854" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149836" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click <emph>Options</emph> button.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="6" role="listitem" id="par_id3156106" l10n="U">In the <emph>Pages </emph>area, select <emph>Reversed</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153418" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="8" role="listitem" id="par_id3153140" l10n="U">In the <emph>Print </emph>dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3149616" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="4"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing">Printing</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..50753815e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidereferencesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Cross-References</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145087"><bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphics; cross-referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3145087" role="heading" level="1" oldref="28" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="references"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp" name="Inserting Cross-References">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="8" role="paragraph" id="par_id3159263" l10n="U">Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document, when $[officename] is in <link href="text/swriter/02/08090000.xhp" name="hyperlink mode">hyperlink mode</link>. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> in the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155860" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="21">Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149833" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="38">Cross-Referencing Text</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149846" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="39">Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3156105" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="52">To insert a target:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153408" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="40">Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153125" l10n="U" oldref="41">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="42" role="listitem" id="par_id3149634" l10n="U">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select <emph>Set Reference</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="43" role="listitem" id="par_id3149614" l10n="U">Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="44" role="listitem" id="par_id3145110" l10n="U">Click <emph>Insert</emph>. The name of the target is added to the <emph>Selection </emph>list.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156257" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="45">Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153370" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="53">To create a cross-reference to a target:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153392" l10n="U" oldref="46">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select "Insert Reference".</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154256" l10n="U" oldref="47">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="48" role="listitem" id="par_id3154856" l10n="U">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="format">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the target text, and "Page" inserts the page number where the target is located.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155895" l10n="U" oldref="49">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3148685" l10n="U" oldref="54">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149980" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="29">Cross-Referencing an Object</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3149992" l10n="U" oldref="30">You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp" name="Insert - Caption"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147123" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="14">Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150212" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150236" l10n="U" oldref="32">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150942" l10n="U" oldref="33">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="34" role="listitem" id="par_id3150968" l10n="U">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="format">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150535" l10n="U" oldref="35">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3151092" l10n="U" oldref="55">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151115" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="56">Updating Cross-References</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153594" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="51">To manually update the cross-references in a document, press F9.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#references_modify"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb5a0901c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidereferences_modifyxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Modifying Cross-References</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149291"><bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149291" role="heading" level="1" oldref="6" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="references_modify"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp" name="Modifying Cross-References">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153132" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3" role="listitem" id="par_id3149632" l10n="U">If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or pressing <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149611" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145101" l10n="U" oldref="7">Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="tip" id="par_id3154255" l10n="U" oldref="5">Use the arrow buttons in the <emph>Edit Fields </emph>dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..06c0045aca --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideregistertruexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Writing Register-true</title>
+<filename>text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2004-04-23T13:05:16">UFI: fixes #i22750#</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:58:43"/>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4825891"><bookmark_value>rows; ,register-true text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lines of text;register-true</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10652" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="registertrue"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Writing Register-true</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#registerhaltigkeit"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1065E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Setting a document to register-true printing</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10665" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select the whole document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10669" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10671" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10678" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1067B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Exempting paragraphs from register-true printing</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10682" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1068C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the Stylist, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10698" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AA" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Register-true</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae1cdb58fa --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideremoving_line_breaksxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Removing Line Breaks</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T08:35:38">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"><bookmark_value>hard returns;finding & replacing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>paragraph marks;finding & replacing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>line breaks;finding & replacing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>finding & replacing line breaks</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="10" localize="false"/>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1">Removing Line Breaks</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155858" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Use the AutoFormat feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153413" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">This AutoFormat feature only works on text that is formatted with the "Default" paragraph style. </paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153138" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect/AutoFormat</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149645" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145093" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145118" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156253" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">In the <emph>Apply Style </emph>box on the <emph>Object Bar</emph>, choose <emph>Default</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153388" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - AutoFormat - Apply</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2cc0cfadcc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidereset_formatxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Resetting Font Attributes</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:55:30">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149963"><bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>resetting fonts</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149963" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="26"><variable id="reset_format"><link href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp" name="Resetting Font Attributes">Resetting Font Attributes</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154091" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing the right-arrow key. For example, if you are pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press the right arrow to return to the default character format of the paragraph.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155854" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Default</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..3807532706 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideresize_navigatorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Docking and Resizing Windows</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:14:39">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145088"><bookmark_value>Navigator;changing size</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;changing size</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Gallery;changing size</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Gallery;docking</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>docking; windows resizing</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145088" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="26"><variable id="resize_navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp" name="Docking and Resizing Windows">Docking and Resizing Windows</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="27">To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click on a gray area in the window.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d9c283fea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidesearch_regexpxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:44:06">FPE. fix #110141#
+dedr: reviewed</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150099"><bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>wildcards; searching in text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150099" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="search_regexp"><link href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="50">You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, "s.n" finds "sun" and "son".</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155907" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Select the <emph>Regular expressions</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149843" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">In the <emph>Search for </emph>box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">Click <emph>Find </emph>or<emph> Find All</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153401" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="52">Regular Expression Examples</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149641" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="44">The wildcard for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153136" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="43">The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: "123*" finds "12" "123", and "1233".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="45">The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149854" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="46">The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The the wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="49">You can only search for regular expressions within the same paragraph. That is, you cannot search for one term in a paragraph and a different term in the next paragraph.</paragraph>
+<section id="related">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149875" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48"><link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp" name="List of Wildcards">List of Wildcards</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..7002afddbf --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidesection_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Editing Sections</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149816"><bookmark_value>text sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149816" role="heading" level="1" oldref="13" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="section_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp" name="Editing Sections">Editing Sections</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155858" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="14">You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3154224" l10n="U" oldref="15">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149848" l10n="U" oldref="16">In the <emph>Section </emph>list, click the section you want to modify.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153397" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="17">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153120" l10n="U" oldref="18">To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="19" role="listitem" id="par_id3149631" l10n="U">To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected </emph>check box in the <emph>Write Protection </emph>area.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="20" role="listitem" id="par_id3149609" l10n="U">To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide </emph>check box in the <emph>Hide </emph>area.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list startwith="4" type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149874" l10n="U" oldref="21">Set the other options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3156255" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="22"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections">Format - Sections</link></paragraph> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..3aad54052b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidesection_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Sections</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>sections; inserting text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; inserting sections in</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" oldref="16" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="section_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Sections">Inserting Sections</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155917" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="26">You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155863" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="27">To insert a new section:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149843" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="23">Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156103" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="28">If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149281" l10n="U" oldref="24">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153404" l10n="U" oldref="29">In the <emph>New Section </emph>box, type a name for the section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153127" l10n="U" oldref="25">Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149635" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="30">To insert a section as a link:</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149648" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="31">Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3149611" l10n="U" oldref="18">When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>.</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149860"><bookmark_value>HTML;text sections</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149860" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="22">You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browsers, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145104" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="32">Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3156241" l10n="U" oldref="33">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153363" l10n="U" oldref="34">In the <emph>New Section </emph>box, type a name for the section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="35" role="listitem" id="par_id3153387">In the <emph>Link </emph>area, select the <emph>Link </emph>check box. <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also select the <emph>DDE</emph> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed.</caseinline> </switchinline></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="36" role="listitem" id="par_id3154852" l10n="U">Click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) next to the <emph>File name </emph>box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155882" l10n="U" oldref="37">Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149978" l10n="U" oldref="38">In the <emph>Section </emph>box, select the section that you want to insert.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150003" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2de82e72fc --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidesectionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Sections</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T15:31:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149832"><bookmark_value>multicolumn text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; multicolumn</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>sections; remarks</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; sections</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>sections; columns in</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149832" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="40"><variable id="sections"><link href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp" name="Using Sections">Using Sections</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153128" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149284" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">To prevent text from being edited.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149630" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">To show or hide text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149647" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149612" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149872" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153367" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154242" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="44">Sections and Columns</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154255" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154845" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155883" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f7320a85d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguideselect_languagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Checking Spelling in Other Languages</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152443"><bookmark_value>languages; recognition of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognition of languages</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3152443" role="heading" level="1" oldref="33" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="select_language"><link href="text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp" name="Checking Spelling in Other Languages">Checking Spelling in Other Languages</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155914" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="34">$[officename] can spellcheck words in more than one language, provided that you have installed dictionaries for the other languages.</paragraph> + <table id="tbl_id3155861"> + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph l10n="E" role="paragraph" id="par_id3149846" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><image src="res/helpimg/rechtus.png" id="img_id3156097"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156097">Dialog Spellcheck English</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="35" l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3153122">Choose <emph>Tools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>, and ensure that the <emph>Check in all languages</emph> check box in the <emph>Options </emph>list is selected.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="39" role="listitem" id="par_id3149643" l10n="U">Choose <emph>Tools - Spellcheck</emph>, and ensure that there is a check mark in front of <emph>AutoSpellcheck</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="37" l10n="U" role="note" id="par_id3156257">If you do not enable the <emph>Check in all languages </emph> feature, words that do not occur in the default language of the document are underlined by a wavy red line. To assign the underlined word to another installed language, right-click the word, and then choose<emph> Word is "Language" (Country)</emph> or <emph>Paragraph is "Language" (Country)</emph>.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> + + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..4ed86fed43 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidesend2htmlxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145087"><bookmark_value>text; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML; publishing text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>homepages; publishing text documents in HTML</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3145087" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="send2html"><link href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp" name="Saving Text Documents in HTML Format">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149825" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155922" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3">When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved in JPEG format. The name of the HTML document is added as a prefix to the name of the graphic file. The JPEG images are saved in the same folder as the HTML document and are referenced with <IMG> tags in the HTML code.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155868" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5">Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, "Heading 1", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3156100" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149281" l10n="U" oldref="7">In the <emph>Styles </emph>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153407" l10n="U" oldref="9">Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..caabe6f567 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideshortcut_writingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T09:13:43">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"><bookmark_value>text; formatting while typing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formatting; while typing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>keyboard; shortcuts in text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149689" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="shortcut_writing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp" name="Applying Text Formatting While You Type">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155909" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To apply bold formatting:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149836" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156112" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B. If the word is at the end of a paragraph, you can also press the right arrow when you are finished.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149648" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut for text documents">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149611" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/shared/main0400.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54325bb942 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidespellcheck_dialogxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Checking Spelling Manually</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149684"><bookmark_value>spellcheck; dialog</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149684" role="heading" level="1" oldref="37" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="spellcheck_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp" name="Checking Spelling Manually">Checking Spelling Manually</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149814" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="9">You can manually check the spelling of a text selection or the entire document.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149828" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="10">The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155859" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="43">Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149836" l10n="U" oldref="44">Choose <emph>Tools - Spellcheck - Check</emph> or press F7.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3156104" l10n="U" oldref="45">When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <emph>Spellcheck </emph>dialog opens and $[officename] offers a suggested correction.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153407" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="11">$[officename] first searches the user-defined dictionaries, and then the default $[officename] dictionaries.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <table id="tbl_id3153124"> + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph l10n="E" role="paragraph" id="par_id3149634" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><image src="res/helpimg/recht.png" id="img_id3149640"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149640">Dialog Spellcheck</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + + </table> + <list startwith="4" type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149861" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="46">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145099" l10n="U" oldref="47">To accept the correction, click <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="48" role="listitem" id="par_id3156241" l10n="U">Type a correction in the <emph>Word </emph>box, and then click <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <table id="tbl_id3153369"> + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph l10n="E" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154233" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><image src="res/commandimagelist/sc_spelling.png" id="img_id3154240"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154240">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154857" l10n="U" oldref="39">To check the spelling of the word that you typed, click the <emph>Check Word</emph> button.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155886" l10n="U" oldref="40">To add the word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="8" role="tip" id="par_id3153021" l10n="U">To open the <emph>Spellcheck </emph>dialog in a document that does not have misspelled words, type an misspelled word, and then choose <emph>Tools - Spellcheck - Check</emph> or press F7.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp#select_language"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147107" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="49"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck dialog">Spellcheck dialog</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> + + + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01915b1e12 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidestylist_fillformatxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T08:28:14">FPE: Transformed table to numbered list</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145084"><bookmark_value>fill format mode in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>copying; styles</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>styles; copying</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>brush for copying Styles</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145084" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="31"><variable id="stylist_fillformat"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp" name="Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="32">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153128" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145090" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click the style, and then click the <emph>Fill Format Mode</emph> icon +<image id="img_id3149644" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_fillstyle.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149644" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153371" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Press Esc when finished.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159259" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Stylist">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e31a9748a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidestylist_fromselectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating New Styles From Selections</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:12:51">UFI: spec "Changed behaviour of drag and drop of selections to the Stylist"
+YJ:checked</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"><bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>templates; creating from selections</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>creating;new styles from selections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155911" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="34"><variable id="stylist_fromselect"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp" name="Creating New Styles From Selections">Creating New Styles From Selections</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">You can quickly create a new style from an existing style that you have applied manual formatting to.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156097" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153402" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">Click the icon of the style category that you want to create.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153119" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153138" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Click the <emph>New Style from Selection </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3149647">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149853" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3149859" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_styleupdatebyexample.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149859" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145116" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">New Style from Selection</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156260" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">Type a name in the <emph>Style Name </emph>box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154411" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153373" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="20">To create a new style by drag-and-drop:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154233" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="31">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154258" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">Click the icon of the style category that you want to create.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154851" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154871" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107B2" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">For Paragraph and Character Styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN107B5" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149988" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Stylist">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4010196327 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidestylist_updatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Updating Styles From Selections</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:34:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155915"><bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="38"><variable id="stylist_update"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp" name="Updating Styles From Selections">Updating Styles From Selections</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149838" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156107" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="47">Click the icon of the style category that you want to update.<comment>UFI: use "category" for consistent wording, see #i21144#</comment></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149283" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click in the document where you want to copy the updated style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153402" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">In the Styles and Formatting windows, click the style that you want to update.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153119" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">Click the <emph>Update Style</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3149627">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149608" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3149615" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_styleupdatebyexample.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149615" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145097" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">Update Style</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155498" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Stylist">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..adb9928165 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidesubscriptxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:01:19">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"><bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="subscript"><link href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp" name="Making Text Superscript or Subscript">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155917" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155865" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156111" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Press Ctrl+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and Ctrl+Shift+B to make the text subscript.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153416" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Format - Character - Position">Format - Character - Position</link></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154705" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Tools - AutoCorrect/AutoFormat - Replace">Tools - AutoCorrect/AutoFormat - Replace</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5bd82bc3a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetable_cellsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:55:48">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156377"><bookmark_value>rows; inserting in text tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>columns; inserting in text tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text tables; inserting rows or columns</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156377" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="22"><variable id="table_cells"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp" name="Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149487" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can add or delete rows or columns in table as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155906" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins, and then press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins, and then hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153408" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del, and then press the up or down arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149626" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149612" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..6c7965b64f --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetable_deletexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149489"><bookmark_value>deleting; tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149489" role="heading" level="1" oldref="1" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="table_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp" name="Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155863" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5">To delete a table, do one of the following:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147423" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3">Select from the end of the paragraph before the table to the start of the paragraph after the table, and then press Delete or Backspace.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="4" role="listitem" id="par_id3156095" l10n="U">Click in the table, press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+A, and then choose <emph>Format - Row - Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153415" l10n="U" oldref="6">To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+A, and then press Delete or Backspace.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..cfa7b3c93c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetable_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Tables</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-06-16T10:04:36">converted from old format - fpe
+checked - yj</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156377"><bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>DDE links; inserting tables in</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156377" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="31"><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Tables">Inserting Tables</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149489" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from the <emph>Insert </emph>floating toolbar, through a menu command, or from a $[officename] Calc spreadsheet. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155908" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="33">To insert a table from the Insert floating toolbar:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147416" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">On the <emph>Main Toolbar</emph>, long-click the <emph>Insert</emph> floating toolbar.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156094" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="65">Rest the mouse pointer over the <emph>Insert table</emph> icon until the table grid appears.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153398" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153416" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">To cancel, drag upwards or to the left until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153135" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="35">To insert a table with a menu command:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149642" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149858" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="66">In the <emph>Size </emph>area, enter the number of rows and columns.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145097" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="67">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149572" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="43">Inserting a Table From a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149594" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154395" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="68">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154420" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">In your text document, do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153383" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3152755">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154844" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="49">Options</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154867" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">Is inserted as...</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155893" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149986" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">OLE object - as with Ctrl+V or drag-and-drop</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148674" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">GDIMetaFile</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148697" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">Graphic</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153027" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="55">Bitmap</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148957" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">Graphic</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147104" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="57">HTML</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147126" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="58">HTML table</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150223" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="59">Unformatted text</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150246" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="60">Text only, tab stops as separators</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145227" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="61">Formatted text [RTF]</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150938" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">Text table</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150965" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="63"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">DDE link (only under Windows) +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154377" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating +</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151093" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="38">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151116" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150515" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="69">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150534" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147527" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Drag the selected cells into the text document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..f44a17042e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetable_repeat_multiple_headersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Repeating a Table Header on a New Page</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155870"><bookmark_value>table headings; repeating after page breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headers; repeating in tables</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155870" l10n="E" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5" localize="false"/> + <paragraph id="hd_id3153406" role="heading" level="1" oldref="6" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="table_repeat_multiple_headers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp" name="Repeating a Table Header on a New Page">Repeating a Table Header on a New Page</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149636" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="7">You can repeat a table header on each new page that the table spans.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145098" l10n="U" oldref="8">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="9" l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3156240">In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Header </emph>and the <emph>Repeat header </emph>check boxes.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153376" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="10">Select the number of rows and columns for the table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153393" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154254" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="1">To repeat multiple table header rows:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154852" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">Select the first row of the table.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3154869" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3">Right-click and choose <emph>Cell - Split.</emph></paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3155890" l10n="U" oldref="12">In the <emph>Split </emph>area, enter the number of rows that you want to include in the header.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="4" l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3154904">In the <emph>Direction </emph>area, click in the <emph>Horizontally </emph>box. If you want the rows to have equal heights, select the <emph>Into equal proportions </emph>check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3147117" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e82149b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetable_sizingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Table</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:55:15">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156108"><bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text tables; enlarging cells</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables; changing the size</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>keyboard; text tables</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156108" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="12"><variable id="table_sizing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp" name="Resizing Rows and Columns in a Table">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Table</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153140" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3149640">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149615" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3149622" src="sw/imglst/sc20510.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149622" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146497" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <emph>Optimize</emph> floating toolbar on the <emph>Table Object</emph>
+<emph>Bar</emph>.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145109" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="24">Changing the Width of Columns and Cells</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149574" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="25">To change the width of a column:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149587" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156246" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145390" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145411" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153364" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155891" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149993" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="30">To change the width of a cell:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148676" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ctrl, and then press the left or the right arrow key</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153014" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="32">Changing the Height of a Row</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153035" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option +</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..cd40128158 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetablemodexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:32:41">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155856"><bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables; dividing cells</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width of</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width of</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155856" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="7"><variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table">Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149835" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <emph>Behavior of rows/columns</emph> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with <emph>Fixed</emph> row and column dimensions if space permits.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id7344279" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes.<comment>UFI: fixes bugtraq 4971582</comment></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156110" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To set the <emph>Behavior of rows/columns </emph>options for tables in text documents, choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, or use the <emph>Fixed</emph>, <emph>Fixed/Proportional</emph>, and <emph>Variable</emph> icons on the <emph>Table Object Bar</emph>. There are three display modes for tables:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149638" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">
+<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149613" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">
+<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149864" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">
+<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..90d308fd53 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetemplate_createxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a Document Template</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-03T15:44:23">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="62"><variable id="template_create"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp" name="Creating a Document Template">Creating a Document Template</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149492" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="63">You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64">Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155860" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="69">You can also load styles from another text document by choosing <emph>Format - Styles - Load</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147422" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="65">Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="66">In the <emph>New Template </emph>box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156098" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="70">Select a template category in the <emph>Categories </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149281" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="71">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153404" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="67">To create a document based on the template, choose<emph> File - New - Templates and Documents</emph>, select the template, and then click<emph> Open</emph>.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149636" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="68"><link href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp" name="File - Templates - Save">File - Templates - Save</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..fb064bac89 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetemplate_defaultxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing the Default Template</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark id="bm_id3155913" branch="index" xml-lang="en-US"><bookmark_value>default templates; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;default templates</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3155913" role="heading" level="1" oldref="28" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="template_default"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp" name="Changing the Default Template">Changing the Default Template</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145569" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="68">The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149838" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="102">Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3156101" l10n="U" oldref="113">Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149283" l10n="U" oldref="106">In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="114" role="listitem" id="par_id3153409" l10n="U">In the <emph>Categories </emph>list, select "Default", and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153140" l10n="U" oldref="107">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01110100.xhp" name="File - Templates - Organize"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149952" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="108">In the category list, double-click the "Default" folder.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149970" l10n="U" oldref="105">Right-click the template that you created, and choose <emph>Set as Default Template</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149620" l10n="U" oldref="115">Click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149867" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="109">To reset the default template:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145102" l10n="U" oldref="110">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01110100.xhp" name="File - Templates - Organize"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149582" l10n="U" oldref="111">Right-click a folder in the category list, choose<emph> Reset Default Template - Text Document</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3156245" l10n="U" oldref="112">Click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a335714567 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetemplates_stylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Templates and Styles</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-07-19T12:39:19">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153396"><bookmark_value>templates; templates and styles (guide)</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates (guide)</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153396" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="templates_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp" name="Templates and Styles">Templates and Styles</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149635" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, object, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149957" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the "Default" template.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149974" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">$[officename] has a number of <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="predefined templates">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149613" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">Viewing and Organizing Styles in Templates</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149861" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Choose <emph>Format - Styles - Catalog</emph>, and then click<emph> Organizer. </emph>
+<comment>UFI: may be removed, then rewrite to use styles and formatting window</comment></paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145105" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">In the category list, double-click a folder.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149575" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Double-click a template, and then double-click <emph>Styles</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3156236">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145392" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3145398" src="res/helpimg/vorlg2.png" width="5.5inch" height="3.2189inch"><alt id="alt_id3145398" xml-lang="en-US">Template Management</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154412" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">You can also use the <emph>Template Management </emph>dialog to copy styles between templates, documents, or between templates and documents.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153377" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">To copy a style, drag it to another template or document.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/para_style_quickuse.xhp#para_style_quickuse"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..6a3738718d --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetext_animationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Animating Text</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151182"><bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; animation</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3151182" role="heading" level="1" oldref="17" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="text_animation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp" name="Animating Text">Animating Text</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145080" l10n="U" oldref="18">You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. You can create a text container with any of the tools on <emph>Draw Functions </emph>floating toolbar.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149811" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="19">Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="20" role="listitem" id="par_id3155178" l10n="U">Choose <emph>Format - Text</emph>, and then click the<emph> Text Animation</emph> tab.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149819" l10n="U" oldref="21">In the <emph>Effect </emph>box, select the animation that you want.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145786" l10n="U" oldref="22">Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_along_line.xhp#text_along_line"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..97f06aa409 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetext_capitalxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing the Case of Text</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:37:36">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155182"><bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lowercase; text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="text_capital"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp" name="Changing the Case of Text">Changing the Case of Text</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To capitalize text:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147420" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149841" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156109" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Format - Case/Characters - Uppercase</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font Effects</emph> tab, and then select the type of capitalization in the <emph>Effects</emph> box. "Capitals" capitalizes all of the letters in the selection. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word in the selection. "Small capitals" capitalizes every letter in the selection, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149644" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="11">To change text to lowercase:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149964" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149606" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>Format - Case/Characters - Lowercase</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145093" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose<emph> Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font Effects</emph> tab, and then select "Lowercase" in the<emph> Effects</emph> box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25adc4c745 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetext_centervertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:56:56">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155177"><bookmark_value>text; centering on pages</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; positioning in middle</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>centering; text on page</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155177" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="94"><variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp" name="Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155920" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="78">Select the text that you want to center on the page.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="79">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152765" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="82">In the <emph>Anchor </emph>area, select <emph>To page</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149844" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="95">In the <emph>Size </emph>area, set the dimensions of the frame.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="96">In the <emph>Position </emph>area, select "Center" in the <emph>Horizontal </emph>and <emph>Vertical </emph>boxes.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="97">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149615" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="84">To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame</emph>. Click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab, and then click in the<emph> Set No Border</emph> box in the<emph> Line Arrangement</emph> area.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="83">To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01c45cf75e --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetext_direct_cursorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using the Direct Cursor</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:47:15">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155178"><bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="24"><variable id="text_direct_cursor"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp" name="Using the Direct Cursor">Using the Direct Cursor</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155908" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106A3" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the Main Toolbar, click the <emph>Direct Cursor</emph> icon +<image id="img_id3149846" src="sw/imglst/sc22204.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149846" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106C5" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106C8" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> +<image id="img_id5471987" src="res/helpimg/dircursleft.png" width="3.7mm" height="8.2mm"><alt id="alt_id5471987" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image> Align left</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> +<image id="img_id5730253" src="res/helpimg/dircurscent.png" width="6.09mm" height="8.2mm"><alt id="alt_id5730253" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image> Centered</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10700" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> +<image id="img_id6953622" src="res/helpimg/dircursright.png" width="3.97mm" height="8.2mm"><alt id="alt_id6953622" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image> Align right</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1071D" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c11c11eb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetext_emphasizexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Emphasizing Text</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149820"><bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; in frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders;emphasizing text</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3149820" role="heading" level="1" oldref="65" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasizing Text">Emphasizing Text</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155922" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="66">Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:</paragraph> + <list type="unordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3147412" l10n="U" oldref="67">Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="68" role="listitem" id="par_id3149840" l10n="U">Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3150084" l10n="U" oldref="69">Select the text, and then choose <emph>Insert Frame</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <table id="tbl_id3153396"> + + + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph l10n="E" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153122" xml-lang="en-US" oldref=""><image src="res/sc10253.png" id="img_id3153128"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153128">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="70" role="paragraph" id="par_id3149951" l10n="U">Use the <emph>Text</emph> tools in the <emph>Draw Functions</emph> floating toolbar on the <emph>Main Toolbar</emph> in conjunction with <emph>Fontwork</emph>. To open the <emph>Fontwork </emph>window, choose <emph>Format - Fontwork</emph>.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147436" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="72"><link href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp" name="Format - FontWork">Format - Fontwork</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> + + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98b5615e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetext_framexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-16T15:06:11">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149487"><bookmark_value>text frames; inserting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>frames; inserting for text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text frames; moving</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text frames; enlarging/reducing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text frames; scaling</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>scaling; text frames</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>changing; size of text frames</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>linking frames</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text frames; linking</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text frames; editing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text;not printing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>printing;hiding text from printing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>printing;not printing text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149487" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149842" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="65">A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156104" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="64">Inserting Text Frames</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149961" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149602" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145115" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="66">Editing Text Frames</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156239" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156261" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="63">To resize a text frame, click an edge of frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153386" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="98">Hiding Text From Printing</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154262" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="99">Any text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154858" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="100">Select the text frame (you see the eight handles).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155875" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="101">Choose <emph>Format - Frame - Options</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="102">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148701" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="83">Linking Text Frames</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149986" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="84">You can link text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3150002">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155956" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="85">1.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153025" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="71">Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148962" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3148968" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_chainframes.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3148968" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147132" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="86">2.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150223" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="87">On the <emph>Object Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Link</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145222" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="88">3.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150930" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="89">Click the frame that you want to link to.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150947" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="75">You can only link frames if:</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150969" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="76">The target frame is empty.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="77">The target frame is not linked to another frame.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154383" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="78">The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145559" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="79">The source frame does not have a next link.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145577" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="81">The target or the source frame are not contained in each other.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151083" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="90">When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3147542" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="72">You can only change the height of the last frame in a series of linked frames.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..6b42563b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetext_nav_keybxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T12:00:02">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159260"><bookmark_value>text; navigating with keyboard</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>navigating; in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>selections; of text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>keyboard; using in text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159260" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="33"><variable id="text_nav_keyb"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp" name="Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3149487">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Key</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Function</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156220" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">
+<emph>+</emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command key</emph> +</caseinline><defaultinline>
+<emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Right/left arrow keys</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150105" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153418" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149629" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Up/down arrow keys</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149949" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Moves the cursor up or down one line.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149972" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">(Ctrl+Alt) Moves the current paragraph up or down.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149624" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Home</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149871" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145108" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149586" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Home</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156237" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">In a table</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156260" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145409" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">End</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153372" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154235" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">Moves the cursor to the end of the document</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154262" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">End</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154850" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">In a table</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154873" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155894" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155944" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">PgUp</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148678" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">Scrolls up one page.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148701" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">Moves the cursor to the header.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149998" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">PgDn</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153018" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">Scroll down one page.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148949" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="55">Moves the cursor to the footer.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..999616a14c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidetext_rotatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Rotating Text</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T10:56:35">FPE: Changed table to numbered list</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"><bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>rotating text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155911" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="65"><variable id="text_rotate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp" name="Rotating Text">Rotating Text</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="66">You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153130" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="67">On the <emph>Main Toolbar</emph>, open the <emph>Draw Functions</emph> floating toolbar +<image id="img_id3150105" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_insertdraw.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3150105" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149866" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="68">Select one of the <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Text"><emph>Text</emph></link> tools +<image id="img_id3149600" src="res/sc10253.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149600" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149590" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="69">Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154415" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="71">Click the edge of the object, and then click the <link href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp" name="Object Rotation Mode"><emph>Object Rotation Mode</emph></link> icon +<image id="img_id3145405" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3145405" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154252" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="72">Drag one of the corner handles of the text object.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154844" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="73">You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object.</paragraph>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155888" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="74"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Draw Functions - Text">Draw Functions - Text</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5ab2407c7a --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************--><helpdocument version="1.0"> +<meta> +<topic id="textswriterguidetextdoc_inframexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> +<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting an Entire Text Document</title> +<filename>/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp</filename> +</topic> +<history> +<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> +<lastedited date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> +</history> +</meta> +<body> + + + <bookmark id="bm_id3155185" branch="index" xml-lang="en-US"><bookmark_value>text;inserting external content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="1" oldref="23" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp" name="Inserting an Entire Text Document">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable></paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155855" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="28">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3147412" l10n="U" oldref="30">Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149839" l10n="U" oldref="31">Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148858" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="32">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3156105" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="33">Inserting an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150096" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="34">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3153404" l10n="U" oldref="35">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="36" role="listitem" id="par_id3153127" l10n="U">Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="37" role="listitem" id="par_id3149642" l10n="U">In the <emph>File Name </emph>box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and locate the file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149968" l10n="U" oldref="38">If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the<emph> Sections</emph> box.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149619" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="39">If you want, set the formatting options for the section.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3149862" l10n="U" oldref="40">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145099" l10n="U" oldref="41">$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>.</paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> + </body> +</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29264c8edd --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideusing_hyphenxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Hyphenation</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:08:37">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>words; do not hyphenate</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>hyphenation;in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>word wrapping;for text</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="20"><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp" name="Hyphenation">Hyphenation</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155864" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="30">Automatic hyphenation</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149832" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="51">To automatically hyphenate text in a paragraph:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148850" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156104" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150101" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the <emph>Hyphenation </emph>area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153121" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149629" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="53">To automatically hyphenate text in multiple paragraphs:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149644" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149611" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">Choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149867" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="55">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145106" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">Click the <emph>Text Flow </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149582" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="57">In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="58">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145400" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="59">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145417" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="36">Manual Hyphenation</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154400" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154244" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154847" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="60">To manually hyphenate text in a selection:</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154869" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="61">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155886" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Choose <emph>Tools - Hyphenation</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3148674">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148702" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3149980" src="res/helpimg/silbentr.png" width="97.37mm" height="52.92mm"><alt id="alt_id3149980" xml-lang="en-US">Hyphenation</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="3">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155943" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">When $[officename] encounters a word to hyphenate, do one of the following:</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153017" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">To accept the hyphenation suggestion, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148949" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="63">To insert the hyphen in another part of the word, click the arrow buttons.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148966" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="64">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153634" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">Choose <emph>Tools - Options - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>
+</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153658" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147125" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150218" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150247" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="65">Click<emph> New, and then click Close</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147036" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154361" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e102f55e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideusing_numbered_listsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Bullets</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T13:27:10">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155186"><bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="using_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp" name="Adding Bullets">Adding Bullets</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3155515">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155867" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">1.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156102" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3156108" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_defaultbullet.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3156108" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153129" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">2.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149635" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">On the <emph>Text Object Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154232" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3149954" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_prevrecord.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149954" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a bulleted list, click in the list, and then click the <emph>Left</emph> arrow on the<emph> Text Object Bar</emph>. The <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Numbering Object Bar"><emph>Numbering Object Bar</emph></link> appears.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145403" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Object Bar</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154403" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="26">Formatting Bullets</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154416" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">To change the formatting of bulleted list, click the <emph>Edit Numbering </emph>icon on the <emph>Numbering Object Bar</emph>, or choose <emph>Format - Numbering/Bullets</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153390" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <emph>Options</emph> tab, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) next to <emph>Character</emph>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <emph>Graphics</emph> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <emph>Selection </emph>area.</paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3154853">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152757" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3152763" src="res/helpimg/bull.png" width="138.38mm" height="109.8mm"><alt id="alt_id3152763" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering/Bullets Dialog</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/import_bulletlist.xhp#import_bulletlist"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f3eecf048 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideusing_numbered_lists2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Adding Numbering</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T13:28:22">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147418"><bookmark_value>numbering; on and off</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<table id="tbl_id3148848">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150087" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">1.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153396" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153119" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3153125" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_defaultnumbering.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3153125" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149949" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">2.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149968" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">On the <emph>Text Object Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149854" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3149860" src="res/commandimagelist/sc_prevrecord.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149860" xml-lang="en-US">Left Arrow</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+</tablecell>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149573" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then click the <emph>Left</emph> arrow on the<emph> Text Object Bar</emph>. The <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Numbering Object Bar"><emph>Numbering Object Bar</emph></link> appears.</paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153365" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Object Bar</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154233" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="30">Formatting a Numbered List</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154246" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To change the formatting of numbered list, click the <emph>Edit Numbering </emph>icon on the <emph>Numbering Object Bar</emph>, or choose <emph>Format - Numbering/Bullets</emph>.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154856" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">For example, to change the numbering style, choose <emph>Format - Numbering/Bullets</emph>, click the<emph> Numbering Type</emph> tab, and then click the style that you want to apply.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..698a722af3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideusing_numberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Numbering and Numbering Styles</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T13:29:40">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"><bookmark_value>numbering; numbering styles</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="30"><variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Numbering and Numbering Styles">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149818" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style.</paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155866" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Object Bar</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153405" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "Special Styles" in the Stylist.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="34">To apply numbering with a paragraph style:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153137" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Paragraph styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149646" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Choose <emph>Format - Stylist</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149599" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149850" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149874" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">In the <emph>Numbering Styles</emph> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149589" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/>
+<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c53351f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideusing_thesaurusxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Thesaurus</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:23:34">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"><bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145576" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="using_thesaurus"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms, and related words.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155920" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click in the word that you want to look up.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155867" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">Choose <emph>Tools - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149848" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <emph>Meaning </emph>list, select the definition that matches the context of the word.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<table id="tbl_id3156098">
+<tablerow>
+<tablecell colspan="" rowspan="">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150093" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<image id="img_id3150099" src="res/helpimg/thesuk.png" width="146.84mm" height="60.33mm"><alt id="alt_id3150099" xml-lang="en-US">Dialog Thesaurus English</alt> + </image></paragraph>
+</tablecell>
+</tablerow>
+</table>
+
+<list type="ordered" startwith="4">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153136" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">Select the replacement word in the <emph>Synonym </emph>list.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149644" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">To look up the word in a different language, click <emph>Language </emph>in the<emph> Thesaurus</emph> dialog, select one of the installed languages, and then click <emph>OK</emph>. In the <emph>Thesaurus</emph> dialog, click <emph>Search</emph>. The thesaurus may not be available for all installed languages.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156263" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">If you applied a different language setting to individual words, or paragraphs, the thesaurus for the applied language is used.</paragraph>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/>
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154392" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41"><link href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..9429dd9a8c --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguideword_completionxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Word Completion for Text Documents</title>
+<filename>text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2004-05-03T11:03:45">UFI: new guide by request of users</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-17T15:13:57">FPE: Deleted the screenshot for word completion. This guide needs review!
+YJ: checked English, but didn't review content
+UFI: who did set this to depreciated? Reset to final</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148882"><bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>completion of words; automatic</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>word completion</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10751" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="word_completion"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Word Completion for Text Documents</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1076F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="91">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Tab</item> to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+Tab</item>. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1078D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW"> Using word completion </paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10794" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1079B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1079E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW"> Switching off the word completion </paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107A5" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Word Completion</emph> . </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107AD" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107B4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW"> Fine-tuning the word completion </paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107BB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Word Completion</emph> . </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107C3" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Select any of the following options: </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107C6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW"> Inserting an additional space character </paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10B03" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Select <emph>Append space</emph>. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10B0E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107CC" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW"> Selecting the accept key </paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10B20" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107D2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW"> Selecting the number of characters </paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10B36" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107D8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW"> Selecting the scope of collected words </paragraph>
+<list type="unordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10B4C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Select <emph>When closing a document, save the list for later use in other documents</emph>. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10B53" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10B56" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> If you do not select the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2634968" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW"> Working with the word list</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10B94" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10BA1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature. </paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10BA7" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10BAB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> The word completion feature collects the words. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107ED" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Select all or some of the words in the list. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107F4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Use Ctrl+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words. </paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10BC6" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words. </paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10809" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion </link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..65c966fdf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidewords_countxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Counting Words</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:59:28">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149686"><bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>numbers; words in text</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; counting words</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>documents; number of words</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; number of words</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>documents; number of characters</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; number of characters</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>lines; counting</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>number of lines</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>documents; number of lines</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149686" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="words_count"><link href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp" name="Counting Words">Counting Words</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155854" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp" name="File - Properties - Statistics">File - Properties - Statistics</link></paragraph>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0af51f2f88 --- /dev/null +++ b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--*********************************************************************** + * + * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of + * either of the following licenses + * + * - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * + * Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000 + * + * GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 + * ============================================= + * Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + * MA 02111-1307 USA + * + * + * Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1 + * ================================================= + * The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards + * Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the + * License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html. + * + * Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis, + * WITHOUT WARRUNTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, + * WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRUNTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, + * MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. + * See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and + * obligations concerning the Software. + * + * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.. + * + * Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ + * + * + ************************************************************************-->
+
+<helpdocument version="1.0">
+<meta>
+<topic id="textswriterguidewrapxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH">
+<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Wrapping Text Around Objects</title>
+<filename>/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp</filename>
+</topic>
+<history>
+<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created>
+<lastedited date="2004-08-09T11:56:13">FPE: Deleted screenshots</lastedited>
+</history>
+</meta>
+<body> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154486"><bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154486" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="8"><variable id="wrap"><link href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp" name="Wrapping Text Around Objects">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link> +</variable></paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Select the object.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155907" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Choose <emph>Format - Wrap</emph>, and then choose the wrapping style that you want to apply.</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155859" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149834" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="14">Specifying the Wrapping Properties</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154079" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select the object.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153396" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <emph>Format - Graphics</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="3">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153370" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Set the options that you want.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153386" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154247" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="17">To change the wrapping contour of an graphic:</paragraph>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154262" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">You can change the shape that the text wraps around.</paragraph>
+<list type="ordered">
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154860" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<list type="ordered" startwith="2">
+<listitem> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150231"><bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value>
+<bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value> +</bookmark>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150231" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <emph>Apply </emph>icon (green check mark).</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150947" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Close the <emph>Contour Editor </emph>window.</paragraph>
+</listitem>
+</list>
+<section id="relatedtopics">
+<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/>
+<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150520" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp" name="Contour Editor">Contour Editor</link></paragraph>
+</section>
+</body>
+</helpdocument>
|